|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
17 /*
|
|
|
18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode
|
|
|
19 */
|
|
|
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1
|
|
|
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2
|
|
|
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3
|
|
|
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4
|
|
|
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8
|
|
|
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11
|
|
12
|
33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12
|
|
7
|
34
|
|
|
35 #define CHECK_KEYS_TIME 30
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
37 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT]
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
39 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] =
|
|
|
40 {
|
|
|
41 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */
|
|
12
|
42 N_(" ^X mode (^E^Y^L^]^F^I^K^D^U^V^N^P)"),
|
|
7
|
43 /* Scroll has it's own msgs, in it's place there is the msg for local
|
|
|
44 * ctrl_x_mode = 0 (eg continue_status & CONT_LOCAL) -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
45 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
|
46 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"),
|
|
|
47 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"),
|
|
|
48 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"),
|
|
|
49 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
|
50 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"),
|
|
|
51 NULL,
|
|
|
52 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"),
|
|
|
53 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"),
|
|
12
|
54 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"),
|
|
|
55 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"),
|
|
7
|
56 };
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
58 static char_u e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph");
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
60 /*
|
|
|
61 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion.
|
|
|
62 */
|
|
|
63 struct Completion
|
|
|
64 {
|
|
|
65 struct Completion *next;
|
|
|
66 struct Completion *prev;
|
|
|
67 char_u *str; /* matched text */
|
|
|
68 char_u *fname; /* file containing the match */
|
|
|
69 int original; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */
|
|
|
70 int number; /* sequence number */
|
|
|
71 };
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
73 /* the original text when the expansion begun */
|
|
|
74 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1)
|
|
|
75 #define FREE_FNAME (2)
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
77 /*
|
|
|
78 * All the current matches are stored in a list.
|
|
|
79 * "first_match" points to the start of the list.
|
|
|
80 * "curr_match" points to the currently selected entry.
|
|
|
81 * "shown_match" is different from curr_match during ins_compl_get_exp().
|
|
|
82 */
|
|
|
83 static struct Completion *first_match = NULL;
|
|
|
84 static struct Completion *curr_match = NULL;
|
|
|
85 static struct Completion *shown_match = NULL;
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
87 static int started_completion = FALSE;
|
|
|
88 static int completion_matches = 0;
|
|
|
89 static char_u *complete_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
90 static int complete_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
91 static int shown_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
92 static int completion_pending = FALSE;
|
|
|
93 static pos_T initial_pos;
|
|
|
94 static colnr_T complete_col = 0; /* column where the text starts
|
|
|
95 that is being completed */
|
|
|
96 static int save_sm;
|
|
|
97 static char_u *original_text = NULL; /* text before completion */
|
|
|
98 static int continue_mode = 0;
|
|
|
99 static expand_T complete_xp;
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
101 static int ins_compl_add __ARGS((char_u *str, int len, char_u *, int dir, int reuse));
|
|
|
102 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int dir));
|
|
|
103 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
104 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int dir, int flags, int thesaurus));
|
|
|
105 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
106 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
107 static void ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
108 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag));
|
|
|
109 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini, int dir));
|
|
|
110 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
111 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
112 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion));
|
|
|
113 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
114 static int quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len));
|
|
|
115 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
117 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1
|
|
|
118 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2
|
|
|
119 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3
|
|
|
120 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
122 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
123 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
124 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
125 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int));
|
|
|
126 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
127 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
128 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos));
|
|
|
129 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc));
|
|
|
130 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
131 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
132 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
133 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off));
|
|
|
134 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
135 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
136 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc));
|
|
|
137 #endif
|
|
|
138 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
139 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
140 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
141 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
142 #endif
|
|
|
143 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
144 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
145 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar));
|
|
|
146 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
147 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
148 #endif
|
|
|
149 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
150 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
151 #endif
|
|
|
152 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc));
|
|
|
153 static void ins_del __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
154 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p));
|
|
|
155 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
156 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
157 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int up));
|
|
|
158 #endif
|
|
|
159 static void ins_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
160 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
161 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
162 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
163 static void ins_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
164 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
165 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
166 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
167 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
168 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
169 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
170 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
171 #endif
|
|
|
172 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
173 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
174 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
175 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
176 #endif
|
|
|
177 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
178 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
179 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
180 #endif
|
|
|
181 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
182
|
|
|
183 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */
|
|
|
184 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
186 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert,
|
|
|
187 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */
|
|
|
188 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */
|
|
|
189 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */
|
|
|
190
|
|
|
191 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
192 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */
|
|
|
193 #endif
|
|
|
194
|
|
|
195 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
|
|
|
196
|
|
|
197 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
198 int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */
|
|
|
199 int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */
|
|
|
200 int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */
|
|
|
201 int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */
|
|
|
202 #endif
|
|
|
203
|
|
|
204 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
|
|
|
205 static short previous_script = smRoman;
|
|
|
206 #endif
|
|
|
207
|
|
|
208 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a
|
|
|
209 char. Set when edit() is called.
|
|
|
210 after that arrow_used is used. */
|
|
|
211
|
|
|
212 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space
|
|
|
213 under the cursor */
|
|
|
214
|
|
|
215 /*
|
|
|
216 * edit(): Start inserting text.
|
|
|
217 *
|
|
|
218 * "cmdchar" can be:
|
|
|
219 * 'i' normal insert command
|
|
|
220 * 'a' normal append command
|
|
|
221 * 'R' replace command
|
|
|
222 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo,
|
|
|
223 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo.
|
|
|
224 * 'g' "gI" command.
|
|
|
225 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
226 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
227 *
|
|
|
228 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns
|
|
|
229 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command.
|
|
|
230 *
|
|
|
231 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending).
|
|
|
232 */
|
|
|
233 int
|
|
|
234 edit(cmdchar, startln, count)
|
|
|
235 int cmdchar;
|
|
|
236 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */
|
|
|
237 long count;
|
|
|
238 {
|
|
|
239 int c = 0;
|
|
|
240 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
241 int lastc;
|
|
|
242 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
243 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
244 static int o_eol = FALSE;
|
|
|
245 int i;
|
|
|
246 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */
|
|
|
247 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
248 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */
|
|
|
249 #endif
|
|
|
250 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */
|
|
|
251 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
252 int old_topfill = -1;
|
|
|
253 #endif
|
|
|
254 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */
|
|
|
255 int replaceState = REPLACE;
|
|
|
256 int did_restart_edit = restart_edit;
|
|
|
257
|
|
|
258 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an
|
|
|
259 * error message */
|
|
|
260 check_for_delay(TRUE);
|
|
|
261
|
|
|
262 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
|
|
|
263 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */
|
|
|
264 if (sandbox != 0)
|
|
|
265 {
|
|
|
266 EMSG(_(e_sandbox));
|
|
|
267 return FALSE;
|
|
|
268 }
|
|
|
269 #endif
|
|
|
270
|
|
|
271 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
272 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
273 #endif
|
|
|
274
|
|
11
|
275 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
276 /*
|
|
|
277 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx".
|
|
|
278 */
|
|
|
279 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
280 {
|
|
|
281 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
282 ptr = (char_u *)"r";
|
|
|
283 else if (cmdchar == 'V')
|
|
|
284 ptr = (char_u *)"v";
|
|
|
285 else
|
|
|
286 ptr = (char_u *)"i";
|
|
|
287 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1);
|
|
|
288 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
289 }
|
|
|
290 #endif
|
|
|
291
|
|
7
|
292 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
293 /*
|
|
|
294 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to
|
|
|
295 * where the paste started.
|
|
|
296 */
|
|
|
297 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0)
|
|
|
298 Insstart = where_paste_started;
|
|
|
299 else
|
|
|
300 #endif
|
|
|
301 {
|
|
|
302 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
303 if (startln)
|
|
|
304 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
305 }
|
|
|
306 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
307 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
308 if (!did_ai)
|
|
|
309 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
310
|
|
|
311 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
312 {
|
|
|
313 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
314 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count);
|
|
|
315 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
316 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
317 {
|
|
|
318 /* "gR" or "gr" command */
|
|
|
319 AppendCharToRedobuff('g');
|
|
|
320 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R');
|
|
|
321 }
|
|
|
322 else
|
|
|
323 #endif
|
|
|
324 {
|
|
|
325 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar);
|
|
|
326 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */
|
|
|
327 AppendCharToRedobuff('I');
|
|
|
328 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */
|
|
|
329 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */
|
|
|
330 }
|
|
|
331 }
|
|
|
332
|
|
|
333 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
334 {
|
|
|
335 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
336 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
337 {
|
|
|
338 beep_flush();
|
|
|
339 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
340 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
341 }
|
|
|
342 else
|
|
|
343 #endif
|
|
|
344 State = REPLACE;
|
|
|
345 }
|
|
|
346 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
347 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
348 {
|
|
|
349 State = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
350 replaceState = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
351 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
352 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
353 }
|
|
|
354 #endif
|
|
|
355 else
|
|
|
356 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
357
|
|
|
358 stop_insert_mode = FALSE;
|
|
|
359
|
|
|
360 /*
|
|
|
361 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is
|
|
|
362 * on a TAB or special character.
|
|
|
363 */
|
|
|
364 curs_columns(TRUE);
|
|
|
365
|
|
|
366 /*
|
|
|
367 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'.
|
|
|
368 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the
|
|
|
369 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated
|
|
|
370 * when hitting <Esc>.
|
|
|
371 */
|
|
|
372 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
|
|
|
373 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
374 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
375 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM);
|
|
|
376 #endif
|
|
|
377
|
|
|
378 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
|
|
|
379 KeyScript(previous_script);
|
|
|
380 #endif
|
|
|
381
|
|
|
382 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
383 setmouse();
|
|
|
384 #endif
|
|
|
385 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
386 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
387 #endif
|
|
|
388 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
389 /* there is no reverse replace mode */
|
|
|
390 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
391 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
392 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
393 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
394 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
395 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
396 #endif
|
|
|
397
|
|
|
398 /*
|
|
|
399 * Handle restarting Insert mode.
|
|
|
400 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with
|
|
|
401 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer.
|
|
|
402 */
|
|
|
403 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty())
|
|
|
404 {
|
|
|
405 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
406 /*
|
|
|
407 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for
|
|
|
408 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too.
|
|
|
409 */
|
|
|
410 if (where_paste_started.lnum)
|
|
|
411 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
412 else
|
|
|
413 #endif
|
|
|
414 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
415 restart_edit = 0;
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
417 /*
|
|
|
418 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is
|
|
|
419 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not
|
|
|
420 * correct in very rare cases).
|
|
|
421 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual
|
|
|
422 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|".
|
|
|
423 */
|
|
|
424 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
425 update_curswant();
|
|
|
426 if (((o_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum)
|
|
|
427 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
428 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL)
|
|
|
429 {
|
|
|
430 if (ptr[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
431 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
432 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
433 else if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
434 {
|
|
|
435 i = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr);
|
|
|
436 if (ptr[i] == NUL)
|
|
|
437 curwin->w_cursor.col += i;
|
|
|
438 }
|
|
|
439 #endif
|
|
|
440 }
|
|
|
441 o_eol = FALSE;
|
|
|
442 }
|
|
|
443 else
|
|
|
444 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
445
|
|
|
446 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */
|
|
|
447 need_start_insertmode = FALSE;
|
|
|
448
|
|
|
449 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */
|
|
|
450 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
|
451
|
|
|
452 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
453 where_paste_started.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
454 #endif
|
|
|
455 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
456 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
457 #endif
|
|
|
458 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
459 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or
|
|
|
460 * restarting. */
|
|
|
461 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
462 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
463 #endif
|
|
|
464
|
|
|
465 /*
|
|
|
466 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode.
|
|
|
467 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before
|
|
|
468 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any.
|
|
|
469 */
|
|
|
470 i = 0;
|
|
|
471 if (p_smd)
|
|
|
472 i = showmode();
|
|
|
473
|
|
|
474 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
475 change_warning(i + 1);
|
|
|
476
|
|
|
477 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
478 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
479 #endif
|
|
|
480 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
481 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
482 #endif
|
|
|
483
|
|
|
484 /*
|
|
|
485 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be
|
|
|
486 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters.
|
|
|
487 */
|
|
|
488 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
|
489 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
490 new_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
491 else
|
|
|
492 {
|
|
|
493 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
494 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
495 }
|
|
|
496
|
|
|
497 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
498
|
|
|
499 /*
|
|
|
500 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left.
|
|
|
501 */
|
|
|
502 for (;;)
|
|
|
503 {
|
|
|
504 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
505 if (!revins_legal)
|
|
|
506 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */
|
|
|
507 else
|
|
|
508 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
509 #endif
|
|
|
510 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */
|
|
|
511 count = 0;
|
|
|
512
|
|
|
513 if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
514 {
|
|
|
515 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */
|
|
|
516 count = 0;
|
|
|
517 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
518 }
|
|
|
519
|
|
|
520 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */
|
|
|
521 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
522 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
523
|
|
|
524 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a
|
|
|
525 * menu invoked a shell command). */
|
|
|
526 if (stuff_empty())
|
|
|
527 {
|
|
|
528 did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
|
|
|
529 if (need_check_timestamps)
|
|
|
530 check_timestamps(FALSE);
|
|
|
531 }
|
|
|
532
|
|
|
533 /*
|
|
|
534 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set.
|
|
|
535 */
|
|
|
536 msg_scroll = FALSE;
|
|
|
537
|
|
|
538 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
539 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to
|
|
|
540 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an
|
|
|
541 * autocommand. */
|
|
|
542 if (need_mouse_correct)
|
|
|
543 gui_mouse_correct();
|
|
|
544 #endif
|
|
|
545
|
|
|
546 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
547 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */
|
|
|
548 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT)
|
|
|
549 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
550 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */
|
|
|
551 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
552 foldCheckClose();
|
|
|
553 #endif
|
|
|
554
|
|
|
555 /*
|
|
|
556 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in
|
|
|
557 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra
|
|
|
558 * redraw.
|
|
|
559 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting
|
|
|
560 * something.
|
|
|
561 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has
|
|
|
562 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())).
|
|
|
563 */
|
|
|
564 if (curbuf->b_mod_set
|
|
|
565 && curwin->w_p_wrap
|
|
|
566 && !did_backspace
|
|
|
567 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline
|
|
|
568 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
569 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill
|
|
|
570 #endif
|
|
|
571 )
|
|
|
572 {
|
|
|
573 mincol = curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
574 validate_cursor_col();
|
|
|
575
|
|
|
576 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < (int)mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
|
577 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin)
|
|
|
578 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so
|
|
|
579 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
580 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
581 || curwin->w_topfill > 0
|
|
|
582 #endif
|
|
|
583 ))
|
|
|
584 {
|
|
|
585 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
586 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0)
|
|
|
587 --curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
588 else
|
|
|
589 #endif
|
|
|
590 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
591 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline))
|
|
|
592 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1);
|
|
|
593 else
|
|
|
594 #endif
|
|
|
595 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1);
|
|
|
596 }
|
|
|
597 }
|
|
|
598
|
|
|
599 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */
|
|
|
600 update_topline();
|
|
|
601
|
|
|
602 did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
603
|
|
|
604 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */
|
|
|
605
|
|
|
606 /*
|
|
|
607 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting.
|
|
|
608 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor.
|
|
|
609 */
|
|
|
610 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
611
|
|
|
612 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND
|
|
|
613 if (curwin->w_p_scb)
|
|
|
614 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE);
|
|
|
615 #endif
|
|
|
616
|
|
|
617 update_curswant();
|
|
|
618 old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
619 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
620 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
621 #endif
|
|
|
622
|
|
|
623 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
624 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
625 #endif
|
|
|
626
|
|
|
627 /*
|
|
|
628 * Get a character for Insert mode.
|
|
|
629 */
|
|
|
630 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */
|
|
|
631 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
632
|
|
|
633 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
634 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
635 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
636 #endif
|
|
|
637 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
638 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
639 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
640 #endif
|
|
|
641
|
|
|
642 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
643 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but
|
|
|
644 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */
|
|
|
645 ins_compl_prep(c);
|
|
|
646 #endif
|
|
|
647
|
|
|
648 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode, CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode
|
|
|
649 * selected with 'insertmode'. */
|
|
|
650 if (c == Ctrl_BSL)
|
|
|
651 {
|
|
|
652 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
653 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
654 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
655 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
656 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
657 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
658 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
659 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G) /* it's something else */
|
|
|
660 {
|
|
|
661 vungetc(c);
|
|
|
662 c = Ctrl_BSL;
|
|
|
663 }
|
|
|
664 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im)
|
|
|
665 continue;
|
|
|
666 else
|
|
|
667 {
|
|
|
668 count = 0;
|
|
|
669 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
670 }
|
|
|
671 }
|
|
|
672
|
|
|
673 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
674 c = do_digraph(c);
|
|
|
675 #endif
|
|
|
676
|
|
|
677 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
678 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
679 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
680 #endif
|
|
|
681 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q)
|
|
|
682 {
|
|
|
683 ins_ctrl_v();
|
|
|
684 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */
|
|
|
685 continue;
|
|
|
686 }
|
|
|
687
|
|
|
688 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
689 if (cindent_on()
|
|
|
690 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
691 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
692 # endif
|
|
|
693 )
|
|
|
694 {
|
|
|
695 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be
|
|
|
696 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below.
|
|
|
697 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be
|
|
|
698 * done before inserting the key. */
|
|
|
699 line_is_white = inindent(0);
|
|
|
700 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white))
|
|
|
701 goto force_cindent;
|
|
|
702 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white)
|
|
|
703 && stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
704 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
705 }
|
|
|
706 #endif
|
|
|
707
|
|
|
708 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
709 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
710 switch (c)
|
|
|
711 {
|
|
|
712 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break;
|
|
180
|
713 case K_XLEFT: c = K_XRIGHT; break;
|
|
7
|
714 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
715 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
716 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break;
|
|
180
|
717 case K_XRIGHT: c = K_XLEFT; break;
|
|
7
|
718 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
719 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
720 }
|
|
|
721 #endif
|
|
|
722
|
|
|
723 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
724 /*
|
|
|
725 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it
|
|
|
726 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these
|
|
|
727 * characters.
|
|
|
728 */
|
|
|
729 if (ins_start_select(c))
|
|
|
730 continue;
|
|
|
731 #endif
|
|
|
732
|
|
|
733 /*
|
|
|
734 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode.
|
|
|
735 */
|
|
|
736 switch (c)
|
|
|
737 {
|
|
|
738 /* toggle insert/replace mode */
|
|
|
739 case K_INS:
|
|
|
740 case K_KINS:
|
|
|
741 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
742 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
743 {
|
|
|
744 beep_flush();
|
|
|
745 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
746 break;
|
|
|
747 }
|
|
|
748 #endif
|
|
11
|
749 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
750 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE,
|
|
|
751 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" :
|
|
|
752 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : "r"), 1);
|
|
|
753 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
754 #endif
|
|
7
|
755 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
756 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
757 else
|
|
|
758 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
759 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS);
|
|
|
760 showmode();
|
|
|
761 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
762 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
763 #endif
|
|
|
764 break;
|
|
|
765
|
|
|
766 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
767 /* Enter CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
768 case Ctrl_X:
|
|
12
|
769 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X
|
|
7
|
770 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */
|
|
|
771 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
772 {
|
|
|
773 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset
|
|
|
774 * continue_status */
|
|
|
775 if (continue_status & CONT_N_ADDS)
|
|
|
776 continue_status = (continue_status | CONT_INTRPT);
|
|
|
777 else
|
|
|
778 continue_status = 0;
|
|
|
779 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */
|
|
|
780 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
|
781 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
782 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
783 showmode();
|
|
|
784 }
|
|
|
785 break;
|
|
|
786 #endif
|
|
|
787
|
|
|
788 /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */
|
|
|
789 case K_SELECT:
|
|
|
790 break;
|
|
|
791
|
|
|
792 /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */
|
|
|
793 case Ctrl_Z:
|
|
|
794 if (!p_im)
|
|
|
795 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */
|
|
|
796 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r");
|
|
|
797 c = Ctrl_O;
|
|
|
798 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
799
|
|
|
800 /* execute one command */
|
|
|
801 case Ctrl_O:
|
|
|
802 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
803 break;
|
|
|
804 count = 0;
|
|
|
805 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
806 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
807 restart_edit = 'V';
|
|
|
808 else
|
|
|
809 #endif
|
|
|
810 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
811 restart_edit = 'R';
|
|
|
812 else
|
|
|
813 restart_edit = 'I';
|
|
|
814 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
815 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
816 o_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */
|
|
|
817 else
|
|
|
818 #endif
|
|
|
819 o_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL);
|
|
|
820 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
821
|
|
|
822 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
|
|
|
823 case K_SNIFF:
|
|
|
824 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF);
|
|
|
825 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
826 #endif
|
|
|
827
|
|
|
828 /* Hitting the help key in insert mode is like <ESC> <Help> */
|
|
|
829 case K_HELP:
|
|
|
830 case K_F1:
|
|
|
831 case K_XF1:
|
|
|
832 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP);
|
|
|
833 if (p_im)
|
|
|
834 need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
|
|
|
835 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
836
|
|
|
837 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
838 case K_F21:
|
|
|
839 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
840 i = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
841 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
842 netbeans_keycommand(i);
|
|
|
843 break;
|
|
|
844 #endif
|
|
|
845
|
|
|
846 /* an escape ends input mode */
|
|
|
847 case ESC:
|
|
|
848 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
849 break;
|
|
|
850 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
851
|
|
|
852 case Ctrl_C:
|
|
|
853 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
854 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
855 {
|
|
|
856 /* Close the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
857 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE;
|
|
|
858 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */
|
|
|
859 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
860 }
|
|
|
861 #endif
|
|
|
862
|
|
|
863 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
864 do_intr:
|
|
|
865 #endif
|
|
|
866 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave
|
|
|
867 * Insert mode */
|
|
|
868 if (goto_im())
|
|
|
869 {
|
|
|
870 if (got_int)
|
|
|
871 {
|
|
|
872 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */
|
|
|
873 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
874 }
|
|
|
875 else
|
|
|
876 vim_beep();
|
|
|
877 break;
|
|
|
878 }
|
|
|
879 doESCkey:
|
|
|
880 /*
|
|
|
881 * This is the ONLY return from edit()!
|
|
|
882 */
|
|
|
883 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line
|
|
|
884 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */
|
|
|
885 if (o_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
886 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
887
|
|
|
888 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar))
|
|
11
|
889 {
|
|
|
890 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
891 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
892 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL,
|
|
|
893 FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
894 #endif
|
|
7
|
895 return (c == Ctrl_O);
|
|
11
|
896 }
|
|
7
|
897 continue;
|
|
|
898
|
|
|
899 /*
|
|
|
900 * Insert the previously inserted text.
|
|
|
901 * For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an
|
|
|
902 * error.
|
|
|
903 */
|
|
|
904 case K_ZERO:
|
|
|
905 case NUL:
|
|
|
906 case Ctrl_A:
|
|
|
907 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL
|
|
|
908 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im)
|
|
|
909 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */
|
|
|
910 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
911 break;
|
|
|
912
|
|
|
913 /* insert the contents of a register */
|
|
|
914 case Ctrl_R:
|
|
|
915 ins_reg();
|
|
|
916 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
917 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
918 break;
|
|
|
919
|
|
|
920 case Ctrl_G:
|
|
|
921 ins_ctrl_g();
|
|
|
922 break;
|
|
|
923
|
|
|
924 case Ctrl_HAT:
|
|
|
925 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP))
|
|
|
926 {
|
|
|
927 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */
|
|
|
928 if (State & LANGMAP)
|
|
|
929 {
|
|
|
930 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
931 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
932 }
|
|
|
933 else
|
|
|
934 {
|
|
|
935 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
|
|
|
936 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
937 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
938 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
939 #endif
|
|
|
940 }
|
|
|
941 }
|
|
|
942 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
943 else
|
|
|
944 {
|
|
|
945 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */
|
|
|
946 if (im_get_status())
|
|
|
947 {
|
|
|
948 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
949 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
950 }
|
|
|
951 else
|
|
|
952 {
|
|
|
953 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM;
|
|
|
954 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
955 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
|
956 }
|
|
|
957 }
|
|
|
958 #endif
|
|
|
959 set_iminsert_global();
|
|
|
960 showmode();
|
|
|
961 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
962 /* may show different cursor shape or color */
|
|
|
963 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
964 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
965 #endif
|
|
|
966 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP)
|
|
|
967 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */
|
|
|
968 status_redraw_curbuf();
|
|
|
969 #endif
|
|
|
970 break;
|
|
|
971
|
|
|
972 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
973 case Ctrl__:
|
|
|
974 if (!p_ari)
|
|
|
975 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
976 ins_ctrl_();
|
|
|
977 break;
|
|
|
978 #endif
|
|
|
979
|
|
|
980 /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */
|
|
|
981 case Ctrl_D:
|
|
|
982 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
983 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
984 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
985 #endif
|
|
|
986 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
987
|
|
|
988 /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */
|
|
|
989 case Ctrl_T:
|
|
|
990 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
991 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
992 {
|
|
|
993 if (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL)
|
|
|
994 {
|
|
|
995 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
996 msg_attr((char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"),
|
|
|
997 hl_attr(HLF_E));
|
|
|
998 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
999 {
|
|
|
1000 vim_beep();
|
|
|
1001 setcursor();
|
|
|
1002 out_flush();
|
|
|
1003 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
|
|
|
1004 }
|
|
|
1005 break;
|
|
|
1006 }
|
|
|
1007 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1008 }
|
|
|
1009 # endif
|
|
|
1010 ins_shift(c, lastc);
|
|
|
1011 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1012 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1013 break;
|
|
|
1014
|
|
|
1015 /* delete character under the cursor */
|
|
|
1016 case K_DEL:
|
|
|
1017 case K_KDEL:
|
|
|
1018 ins_del();
|
|
|
1019 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1020 break;
|
|
|
1021
|
|
|
1022 /* delete character before the cursor */
|
|
|
1023 case K_BS:
|
|
|
1024 case Ctrl_H:
|
|
|
1025 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1026 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1027 break;
|
|
|
1028
|
|
|
1029 /* delete word before the cursor */
|
|
|
1030 case Ctrl_W:
|
|
|
1031 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1032 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1033 break;
|
|
|
1034
|
|
|
1035 /* delete all inserted text in current line */
|
|
|
1036 case Ctrl_U:
|
|
12
|
1037 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
1038 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */
|
|
|
1039 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET
|
|
|
1040 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
|
|
|
1041 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1042 # endif
|
|
7
|
1043 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1044 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1045 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1046 break;
|
|
|
1047
|
|
|
1048 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
1049 case K_LEFTMOUSE:
|
|
|
1050 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM:
|
|
|
1051 case K_LEFTDRAG:
|
|
|
1052 case K_LEFTRELEASE:
|
|
|
1053 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM:
|
|
|
1054 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE:
|
|
|
1055 case K_MIDDLEDRAG:
|
|
|
1056 case K_MIDDLERELEASE:
|
|
|
1057 case K_RIGHTMOUSE:
|
|
|
1058 case K_RIGHTDRAG:
|
|
|
1059 case K_RIGHTRELEASE:
|
|
|
1060 case K_X1MOUSE:
|
|
|
1061 case K_X1DRAG:
|
|
|
1062 case K_X1RELEASE:
|
|
|
1063 case K_X2MOUSE:
|
|
|
1064 case K_X2DRAG:
|
|
|
1065 case K_X2RELEASE:
|
|
|
1066 ins_mouse(c);
|
|
|
1067 break;
|
|
|
1068
|
|
|
1069 /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */
|
|
|
1070 case K_MOUSEDOWN:
|
|
|
1071 ins_mousescroll(FALSE);
|
|
|
1072 break;
|
|
|
1073
|
|
|
1074 /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */
|
|
|
1075 case K_MOUSEUP:
|
|
|
1076 ins_mousescroll(TRUE);
|
|
|
1077 break;
|
|
|
1078 #endif
|
|
|
1079
|
|
|
1080 case K_IGNORE:
|
|
|
1081 break;
|
|
|
1082
|
|
|
1083 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
1084 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
1085 ins_scroll();
|
|
|
1086 break;
|
|
|
1087
|
|
|
1088 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
1089 ins_horscroll();
|
|
|
1090 break;
|
|
|
1091 #endif
|
|
|
1092
|
|
|
1093 case K_HOME:
|
|
|
1094 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
1095 case K_XHOME:
|
|
|
1096 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
1097 case K_C_HOME:
|
|
|
1098 ins_home(c);
|
|
|
1099 break;
|
|
|
1100
|
|
|
1101 case K_END:
|
|
|
1102 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
1103 case K_XEND:
|
|
|
1104 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
1105 case K_C_END:
|
|
|
1106 ins_end(c);
|
|
|
1107 break;
|
|
|
1108
|
|
|
1109 case K_LEFT:
|
|
180
|
1110 case K_XLEFT:
|
|
|
1111 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
1112 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1113 else
|
|
|
1114 ins_left();
|
|
7
|
1115 break;
|
|
|
1116
|
|
|
1117 case K_S_LEFT:
|
|
|
1118 case K_C_LEFT:
|
|
|
1119 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1120 break;
|
|
|
1121
|
|
|
1122 case K_RIGHT:
|
|
180
|
1123 case K_XRIGHT:
|
|
|
1124 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
1125 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1126 else
|
|
|
1127 ins_right();
|
|
7
|
1128 break;
|
|
|
1129
|
|
|
1130 case K_S_RIGHT:
|
|
|
1131 case K_C_RIGHT:
|
|
|
1132 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1133 break;
|
|
|
1134
|
|
|
1135 case K_UP:
|
|
180
|
1136 case K_XUP:
|
|
|
1137 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1138 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1139 else
|
|
|
1140 ins_up(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1141 break;
|
|
|
1142
|
|
|
1143 case K_S_UP:
|
|
|
1144 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
1145 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
1146 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1147 break;
|
|
|
1148
|
|
|
1149 case K_DOWN:
|
|
180
|
1150 case K_XDOWN:
|
|
|
1151 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1152 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1153 else
|
|
|
1154 ins_down(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1155 break;
|
|
|
1156
|
|
|
1157 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
|
1158 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
1159 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
1160 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1161 break;
|
|
|
1162
|
|
|
1163 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
1164 case K_DROP:
|
|
|
1165 ins_drop();
|
|
|
1166 break;
|
|
|
1167 #endif
|
|
|
1168
|
|
|
1169 /* When <S-Tab> isn't mapped, use it like a normal TAB */
|
|
|
1170 case K_S_TAB:
|
|
|
1171 c = TAB;
|
|
|
1172 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1173
|
|
|
1174 /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */
|
|
|
1175 case TAB:
|
|
|
1176 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
1177 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
1178 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1179 #endif
|
|
|
1180 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1181 if (ins_tab())
|
|
|
1182 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */
|
|
|
1183 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1184 break;
|
|
|
1185
|
|
|
1186 case K_KENTER:
|
|
|
1187 c = CAR;
|
|
|
1188 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1189 case CAR:
|
|
|
1190 case NL:
|
|
|
1191 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
|
|
|
1192 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the
|
|
|
1193 * cursor. */
|
|
|
1194 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR)
|
|
|
1195 {
|
|
|
1196 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc");
|
|
|
1197 break;
|
|
|
1198 }
|
|
|
1199 #endif
|
|
|
1200 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
1201 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
1202 {
|
|
|
1203 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
1204 cmdwin_result = CAR;
|
|
|
1205 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1206 }
|
|
|
1207 #endif
|
|
|
1208 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im)
|
|
|
1209 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */
|
|
|
1210 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1211 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1212 break;
|
|
|
1213
|
|
|
1214 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined (FEAT_INS_EXPAND)
|
|
|
1215 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
1216 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1217 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY)
|
|
|
1218 {
|
|
|
1219 if (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL)
|
|
|
1220 {
|
|
|
1221 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
1222 msg_attr((char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty"),
|
|
|
1223 hl_attr(HLF_E));
|
|
|
1224 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
1225 {
|
|
|
1226 vim_beep();
|
|
|
1227 setcursor();
|
|
|
1228 out_flush();
|
|
|
1229 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
|
|
|
1230 }
|
|
|
1231 break;
|
|
|
1232 }
|
|
|
1233 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1234 }
|
|
|
1235 # endif
|
|
|
1236 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
1237 c = ins_digraph();
|
|
|
1238 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
1239 break;
|
|
|
1240 # endif
|
|
|
1241 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1242 #endif /* FEAT_DIGRAPHS || FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
1243
|
|
|
1244 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1245 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */
|
|
|
1246 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS)
|
|
|
1247 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1248 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1249
|
|
|
1250 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */
|
|
|
1251 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
1252 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1253 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1254 #endif
|
|
|
1255
|
|
|
1256 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */
|
|
|
1257 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1258 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
1259 #endif
|
|
|
1260 {
|
|
|
1261 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */
|
|
|
1262 if (p_im)
|
|
|
1263 {
|
|
|
1264 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
1265 break;
|
|
|
1266 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1267 }
|
|
|
1268 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1269 }
|
|
|
1270 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1271 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1272
|
|
|
1273 /* Do previous/next pattern completion */
|
|
|
1274 case Ctrl_P:
|
|
|
1275 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
1276 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special,
|
|
|
1277 * but it is under other ^X modes */
|
|
|
1278 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL
|
|
|
1279 && ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
|
1280 && !(continue_status & CONT_LOCAL))
|
|
|
1281 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1282
|
|
|
1283 docomplete:
|
|
|
1284 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL)
|
|
|
1285 continue_status = 0;
|
|
|
1286 break;
|
|
|
1287 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
1288
|
|
|
1289 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */
|
|
|
1290 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */
|
|
|
1291 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1292 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
1293 {
|
|
|
1294 if (c == Ctrl_Y)
|
|
|
1295 scrolldown_clamp();
|
|
|
1296 else
|
|
|
1297 scrollup_clamp();
|
|
|
1298 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
1299 }
|
|
|
1300 else
|
|
|
1301 #endif
|
|
|
1302 {
|
|
|
1303 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum
|
|
|
1304 + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1));
|
|
|
1305 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
1306 {
|
|
|
1307 long tw_save;
|
|
|
1308
|
|
|
1309 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it
|
|
|
1310 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth'
|
|
|
1311 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a
|
|
|
1312 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */
|
|
|
1313 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c))
|
|
|
1314 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
1315 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
1316 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1;
|
|
|
1317 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1318 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save;
|
|
|
1319 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1320 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1321 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1322 #endif
|
|
|
1323 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */
|
|
|
1324 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1325 }
|
|
|
1326 }
|
|
|
1327 break;
|
|
|
1328
|
|
|
1329 default:
|
|
|
1330 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
1331 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */
|
|
|
1332 goto do_intr;
|
|
|
1333 #endif
|
|
|
1334
|
|
|
1335 /*
|
|
|
1336 * Insert a nomal character.
|
|
|
1337 */
|
|
|
1338 normalchar:
|
|
|
1339 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1340 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */
|
|
|
1341 ins_try_si(c);
|
|
|
1342 #endif
|
|
|
1343
|
|
|
1344 if (c == ' ')
|
|
|
1345 {
|
|
|
1346 inserted_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
1347 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1348 if (inindent(0))
|
|
|
1349 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
1350 #endif
|
|
|
1351 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL
|
|
|
1352 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
1353 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
1354 }
|
|
|
1355
|
|
|
1356 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr(
|
|
|
1357 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1358 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is
|
|
|
1359 * what check_abbr() expects. */
|
|
|
1360 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) :
|
|
|
1361 #endif
|
|
|
1362 c))
|
|
|
1363 {
|
|
|
1364 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1365 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1366 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1367 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1368 #endif
|
|
|
1369 }
|
|
|
1370
|
|
|
1371 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1372
|
|
|
1373 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1374 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a
|
|
|
1375 * closed fold. */
|
|
|
1376 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
1377 #endif
|
|
|
1378 break;
|
|
|
1379 } /* end of switch (c) */
|
|
|
1380
|
|
|
1381 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */
|
|
|
1382 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
1383 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1384
|
|
|
1385 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1386 if (can_cindent && cindent_on()
|
|
|
1387 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1388 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
1389 # endif
|
|
|
1390 )
|
|
|
1391 {
|
|
|
1392 force_cindent:
|
|
|
1393 /*
|
|
|
1394 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
1395 */
|
|
|
1396 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white))
|
|
|
1397 {
|
|
|
1398 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
1399 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
1400 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
1401 }
|
|
|
1402 }
|
|
|
1403 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
1404
|
|
|
1405 } /* for (;;) */
|
|
|
1406 /* NOTREACHED */
|
|
|
1407 }
|
|
|
1408
|
|
|
1409 /*
|
|
|
1410 * Redraw for Insert mode.
|
|
|
1411 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo'
|
|
|
1412 * option work correctly.
|
|
|
1413 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up
|
|
|
1414 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R).
|
|
|
1415 */
|
|
|
1416 static void
|
|
|
1417 ins_redraw()
|
|
|
1418 {
|
|
|
1419 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
1420 {
|
|
|
1421 if (must_redraw)
|
|
|
1422 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
1423 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
|
|
|
1424 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */
|
|
|
1425 showruler(FALSE);
|
|
|
1426 setcursor();
|
|
|
1427 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */
|
|
|
1428 }
|
|
|
1429 }
|
|
|
1430
|
|
|
1431 /*
|
|
|
1432 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1433 */
|
|
|
1434 static void
|
|
|
1435 ins_ctrl_v()
|
|
|
1436 {
|
|
|
1437 int c;
|
|
|
1438
|
|
|
1439 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
1440 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
1441
|
|
|
1442 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
1443 edit_putchar('^', TRUE);
|
|
|
1444 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
1445
|
|
|
1446 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1447 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V);
|
|
|
1448 #endif
|
|
|
1449
|
|
|
1450 c = get_literal();
|
|
|
1451 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1452 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
1453 #endif
|
|
|
1454 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1455 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1456 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1457 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1458 #endif
|
|
|
1459 }
|
|
|
1460
|
|
|
1461 /*
|
|
|
1462 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer.
|
|
|
1463 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1464 */
|
|
|
1465 static int pc_status;
|
|
|
1466 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */
|
|
|
1467 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1468 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1469 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */
|
|
|
1470 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1471 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1472 #else
|
|
|
1473 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1474 #endif
|
|
|
1475 static int pc_attr;
|
|
|
1476 static int pc_row;
|
|
|
1477 static int pc_col;
|
|
|
1478
|
|
|
1479 void
|
|
|
1480 edit_putchar(c, highlight)
|
|
|
1481 int c;
|
|
|
1482 int highlight;
|
|
|
1483 {
|
|
|
1484 int attr;
|
|
|
1485
|
|
|
1486 if (ScreenLines != NULL)
|
|
|
1487 {
|
|
|
1488 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */
|
|
|
1489 validate_cursor();
|
|
|
1490 if (highlight)
|
|
|
1491 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
|
|
|
1492 else
|
|
|
1493 attr = 0;
|
|
|
1494 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow;
|
|
|
1495 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin);
|
|
|
1496 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1497 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
1498 #endif
|
|
|
1499 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1500 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
1501 {
|
|
|
1502 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1503 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1504 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1505 {
|
|
|
1506 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row);
|
|
|
1507
|
|
|
1508 if (fix_col != pc_col)
|
|
|
1509 {
|
|
|
1510 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr);
|
|
|
1511 --curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1512 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT;
|
|
|
1513 }
|
|
|
1514 }
|
|
|
1515 # endif
|
|
|
1516 }
|
|
|
1517 else
|
|
|
1518 #endif
|
|
|
1519 {
|
|
|
1520 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1521 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1522 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col))
|
|
|
1523 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT;
|
|
|
1524 #endif
|
|
|
1525 }
|
|
|
1526
|
|
|
1527 /* save the character to be able to put it back */
|
|
|
1528 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1529 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET)
|
|
|
1530 #endif
|
|
|
1531 {
|
|
|
1532 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr);
|
|
|
1533 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET;
|
|
|
1534 }
|
|
|
1535 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr);
|
|
|
1536 }
|
|
|
1537 }
|
|
|
1538
|
|
|
1539 /*
|
|
|
1540 * Undo the previous edit_putchar().
|
|
|
1541 */
|
|
|
1542 void
|
|
|
1543 edit_unputchar()
|
|
|
1544 {
|
|
|
1545 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled)
|
|
|
1546 {
|
|
|
1547 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1548 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT)
|
|
|
1549 ++curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1550 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT)
|
|
|
1551 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1552 else
|
|
|
1553 #endif
|
|
|
1554 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr);
|
|
|
1555 }
|
|
|
1556 }
|
|
|
1557
|
|
|
1558 /*
|
|
|
1559 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text
|
|
|
1560 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes.
|
|
|
1561 */
|
|
|
1562 void
|
|
|
1563 display_dollar(col)
|
|
|
1564 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
1565 {
|
|
|
1566 colnr_T save_col;
|
|
|
1567
|
|
|
1568 if (!redrawing())
|
|
|
1569 return;
|
|
|
1570
|
|
|
1571 cursor_off();
|
|
|
1572 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1573 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
1574 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1575 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1576 {
|
|
|
1577 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1578
|
|
|
1579 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */
|
|
|
1580 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1581 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col);
|
|
|
1582 }
|
|
|
1583 #endif
|
|
|
1584 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */
|
|
|
1585 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin))
|
|
|
1586 {
|
|
|
1587 edit_putchar('$', FALSE);
|
|
|
1588 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
1589 }
|
|
|
1590 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
|
|
|
1591 }
|
|
|
1592
|
|
|
1593 /*
|
|
|
1594 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position
|
|
|
1595 * in insert mode.
|
|
|
1596 */
|
|
|
1597 static void
|
|
|
1598 undisplay_dollar()
|
|
|
1599 {
|
|
|
1600 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
1601 {
|
|
|
1602 dollar_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1603 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1604 }
|
|
|
1605 }
|
|
|
1606
|
|
|
1607 /*
|
|
|
1608 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D).
|
|
|
1609 * Keep the cursor on the same character.
|
|
|
1610 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>)
|
|
|
1611 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D)
|
|
|
1612 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount"
|
|
|
1613 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec).
|
|
|
1614 */
|
|
|
1615 void
|
|
|
1616 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced)
|
|
|
1617 int type;
|
|
|
1618 int amount;
|
|
|
1619 int round;
|
|
|
1620 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */
|
|
|
1621 {
|
|
|
1622 int vcol;
|
|
|
1623 int last_vcol;
|
|
|
1624 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */
|
|
|
1625 int new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1626 int i;
|
|
|
1627 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1628 int save_p_list;
|
|
|
1629 int start_col;
|
|
|
1630 colnr_T vc;
|
|
|
1631 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1632 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1633 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1634
|
|
|
1635 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */
|
|
|
1636 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1637 {
|
|
|
1638 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */
|
|
|
1639 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1640 }
|
|
|
1641 #endif
|
|
|
1642
|
|
|
1643 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */
|
|
|
1644 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
1645 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1646 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
1647 vcol = vc;
|
|
|
1648
|
|
|
1649 /*
|
|
|
1650 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only
|
|
|
1651 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of
|
|
|
1652 * characters before the cursor if it's possible.
|
|
|
1653 */
|
|
|
1654 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1655
|
|
|
1656 /* determine offset from first non-blank */
|
|
|
1657 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1658 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
1659 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1660
|
|
|
1661 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1662
|
|
|
1663 /*
|
|
|
1664 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the
|
|
|
1665 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1666 */
|
|
|
1667 if (new_cursor_col < 0)
|
|
|
1668 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1669
|
|
|
1670 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */
|
|
|
1671 start_col = -1;
|
|
|
1672
|
|
|
1673 /*
|
|
|
1674 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1675 */
|
|
|
1676 if (type == INDENT_SET)
|
|
|
1677 (void)set_indent(amount, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
1678 else
|
|
|
1679 {
|
|
|
1680 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1681 int save_State = State;
|
|
|
1682
|
|
|
1683 /* Avoid being called recursively. */
|
|
|
1684 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1685 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
1686 #endif
|
|
|
1687 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1);
|
|
|
1688 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1689 State = save_State;
|
|
|
1690 #endif
|
|
|
1691 }
|
|
|
1692 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1693
|
|
|
1694 /*
|
|
|
1695 * Try to put cursor on same character.
|
|
|
1696 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line,
|
|
|
1697 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first
|
|
|
1698 * non-blank character.
|
|
|
1699 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1700 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative
|
|
|
1701 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns.
|
|
|
1702 */
|
|
|
1703 if (new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1704 {
|
|
|
1705 /*
|
|
|
1706 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset
|
|
|
1707 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1708 */
|
|
|
1709 if (new_cursor_col == 0)
|
|
|
1710 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1711 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1712 }
|
|
|
1713 else if (!(State & INSERT))
|
|
|
1714 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1715 else
|
|
|
1716 {
|
|
|
1717 /*
|
|
|
1718 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be.
|
|
|
1719 */
|
|
|
1720 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1721 curwin->w_virtcol = (vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol;
|
|
|
1722
|
|
|
1723 /*
|
|
|
1724 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column.
|
|
|
1725 */
|
|
|
1726 vcol = last_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1727 new_cursor_col = -1;
|
|
|
1728 ptr = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1729 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1730 {
|
|
|
1731 last_vcol = vcol;
|
|
|
1732 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1733 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1734 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr + new_cursor_col);
|
|
|
1735 else
|
|
|
1736 #endif
|
|
|
1737 ++new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1738 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol);
|
|
|
1739 }
|
|
|
1740 vcol = last_vcol;
|
|
|
1741
|
|
|
1742 /*
|
|
|
1743 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on
|
|
|
1744 * the right screen column.
|
|
|
1745 */
|
|
|
1746 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1747 {
|
|
|
1748 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1749 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol;
|
|
|
1750 ptr = alloc(i + 1);
|
|
|
1751 if (ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
1752 {
|
|
|
1753 new_cursor_col += i;
|
|
|
1754 ptr[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
1755 while (--i >= 0)
|
|
|
1756 ptr[i] = ' ';
|
|
|
1757 ins_str(ptr);
|
|
|
1758 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
1759 }
|
|
|
1760 }
|
|
|
1761
|
|
|
1762 /*
|
|
|
1763 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset
|
|
|
1764 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1765 */
|
|
|
1766 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1767 }
|
|
|
1768
|
|
|
1769 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list;
|
|
|
1770
|
|
|
1771 if (new_cursor_col <= 0)
|
|
|
1772 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
1773 else
|
|
|
1774 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1775 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
1776 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
1777
|
|
|
1778 /*
|
|
|
1779 * May have to adjust the start of the insert.
|
|
|
1780 */
|
|
|
1781 if (State & INSERT)
|
|
|
1782 {
|
|
|
1783 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0)
|
|
|
1784 {
|
|
|
1785 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1786 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
1787 else
|
|
|
1788 Insstart.col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1789 }
|
|
|
1790 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1791 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
1792 else
|
|
|
1793 ai_col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1794 }
|
|
|
1795
|
|
|
1796 /*
|
|
|
1797 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible.
|
|
|
1798 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a
|
|
|
1799 * few characters from the replace stack.
|
|
|
1800 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a
|
|
|
1801 * few NULs onto the replace stack.
|
|
|
1802 */
|
|
|
1803 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1804 {
|
|
|
1805 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
1806 {
|
|
|
1807 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1808 --start_col;
|
|
|
1809 }
|
|
|
1810 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced)
|
|
|
1811 {
|
|
|
1812 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
1813 if (replaced)
|
|
|
1814 {
|
|
|
1815 replace_push(replaced);
|
|
|
1816 replaced = NUL;
|
|
|
1817 }
|
|
|
1818 ++start_col;
|
|
|
1819 }
|
|
|
1820 }
|
|
|
1821
|
|
|
1822 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1823 /*
|
|
|
1824 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case
|
|
|
1825 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then
|
|
|
1826 * put it back again the way we wanted it.
|
|
|
1827 */
|
|
|
1828 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1829 {
|
|
|
1830 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job,
|
|
|
1831 * even if you can't backspace. */
|
|
|
1832 if (orig_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1833 return;
|
|
|
1834
|
|
|
1835 /* Save new line */
|
|
|
1836 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
1837 if (new_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1838 return;
|
|
|
1839
|
|
|
1840 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */
|
|
|
1841 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
1842
|
|
|
1843 /* Put back original line */
|
|
|
1844 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
|
|
|
1845 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
1846
|
|
|
1847 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */
|
|
|
1848 backspace_until_column(0);
|
|
|
1849
|
|
|
1850 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
|
|
|
1851 ins_bytes(new_line);
|
|
|
1852
|
|
|
1853 vim_free(new_line);
|
|
|
1854 }
|
|
|
1855 #endif
|
|
|
1856 }
|
|
|
1857
|
|
|
1858 /*
|
|
|
1859 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an
|
|
|
1860 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1861 * modes.
|
|
|
1862 */
|
|
|
1863 void
|
|
|
1864 truncate_spaces(line)
|
|
|
1865 char_u *line;
|
|
|
1866 {
|
|
|
1867 int i;
|
|
|
1868
|
|
|
1869 /* find start of trailing white space */
|
|
|
1870 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--)
|
|
|
1871 {
|
|
|
1872 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1873 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1874 }
|
|
|
1875 line[i + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
1876 }
|
|
|
1877
|
|
|
1878 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
|
|
|
1879 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1880 /*
|
|
|
1881 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1882 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all.
|
|
|
1883 */
|
|
|
1884 void
|
|
|
1885 backspace_until_column(col)
|
|
|
1886 int col;
|
|
|
1887 {
|
|
|
1888 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col)
|
|
|
1889 {
|
|
|
1890 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
1891 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1892 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
1893 else
|
|
|
1894 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
1895 }
|
|
|
1896 }
|
|
|
1897 #endif
|
|
|
1898
|
|
|
1899 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1900 /*
|
|
|
1901 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode?
|
|
|
1902 * This depends on the current mode.
|
|
|
1903 */
|
|
|
1904 int
|
|
|
1905 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)
|
|
|
1906 int c;
|
|
|
1907 {
|
|
|
1908 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */
|
|
|
1909 if (c == Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
1910 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1911
|
|
|
1912 switch (ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
|
1913 {
|
|
|
1914 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
1915 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
|
1916 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET:
|
|
|
1917 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E
|
|
|
1918 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB
|
|
|
1919 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P
|
|
|
1920 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V
|
|
|
1921 || c == Ctrl_Q);
|
|
|
1922 case CTRL_X_SCROLL:
|
|
|
1923 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E);
|
|
|
1924 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
|
|
|
1925 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1926 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
|
1927 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1928 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
1929 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1930 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
1931 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1932 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
1933 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1934 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
1935 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
1936 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1937 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
|
1938 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1939 #endif
|
|
|
1940 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
|
1941 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N
|
|
|
1942 || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
12
|
1943 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
1944 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
|
1945 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
|
1946 #endif
|
|
7
|
1947 }
|
|
|
1948 EMSG(_(e_internal));
|
|
|
1949 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1950 }
|
|
|
1951
|
|
|
1952 /*
|
|
|
1953 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if ic and inf are set, then the
|
|
|
1954 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed
|
|
|
1955 * text is infered, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted
|
|
|
1956 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb
|
|
|
1957 */
|
|
|
1958 int
|
|
|
1959 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, fname, dir, reuse)
|
|
|
1960 char_u *str;
|
|
|
1961 int len;
|
|
|
1962 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
1963 int dir;
|
|
|
1964 int reuse;
|
|
|
1965 {
|
|
|
1966 int has_lower = FALSE;
|
|
|
1967 int was_letter = FALSE;
|
|
|
1968 int idx;
|
|
|
1969
|
|
|
1970 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len < IOSIZE)
|
|
|
1971 {
|
|
|
1972 /* Infer case of completed part -- webb */
|
|
|
1973 /* Use IObuff, str would change text in buffer! */
|
|
|
1974 STRNCPY(IObuff, str, len);
|
|
|
1975 IObuff[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
1976
|
|
|
1977 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */
|
|
|
1978 for (idx = 0; idx < completion_length; ++idx)
|
|
|
1979 {
|
|
|
1980 if (islower(original_text[idx]))
|
|
|
1981 {
|
|
|
1982 has_lower = TRUE;
|
|
|
1983 if (isupper(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
|
1984 {
|
|
|
1985 /* Rule 1 is satisfied */
|
|
|
1986 for (idx = completion_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
|
|
1987 IObuff[idx] = TOLOWER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
|
1988 break;
|
|
|
1989 }
|
|
|
1990 }
|
|
|
1991 }
|
|
|
1992
|
|
|
1993 /*
|
|
|
1994 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to
|
|
|
1995 * upper case.
|
|
|
1996 */
|
|
|
1997 if (!has_lower)
|
|
|
1998 {
|
|
|
1999 for (idx = 0; idx < completion_length; ++idx)
|
|
|
2000 {
|
|
|
2001 if (was_letter && isupper(original_text[idx])
|
|
|
2002 && islower(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
|
2003 {
|
|
|
2004 /* Rule 2 is satisfied */
|
|
|
2005 for (idx = completion_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
|
|
2006 IObuff[idx] = TOUPPER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
|
2007 break;
|
|
|
2008 }
|
|
|
2009 was_letter = isalpha(original_text[idx]);
|
|
|
2010 }
|
|
|
2011 }
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed */
|
|
|
2014 STRNCPY(IObuff, original_text, completion_length);
|
|
|
2015
|
|
|
2016 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, fname, dir, reuse);
|
|
|
2017 }
|
|
|
2018 return ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, dir, reuse);
|
|
|
2019 }
|
|
|
2020
|
|
|
2021 /*
|
|
|
2022 * Add a match to the list of matches.
|
|
|
2023 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
|
2024 * FAIL, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
|
2025 * maybe because alloc returns NULL, then RET_ERROR is returned -- webb.
|
|
|
2026 */
|
|
|
2027 static int
|
|
|
2028 ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, dir, reuse)
|
|
|
2029 char_u *str;
|
|
|
2030 int len;
|
|
|
2031 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
2032 int dir;
|
|
|
2033 int reuse;
|
|
|
2034 {
|
|
|
2035 struct Completion *match;
|
|
|
2036
|
|
|
2037 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
2038 if (got_int)
|
|
|
2039 return RET_ERROR;
|
|
|
2040 if (len < 0)
|
|
|
2041 len = (int)STRLEN(str);
|
|
|
2042
|
|
|
2043 /*
|
|
|
2044 * If the same match is already present, don't add it.
|
|
|
2045 */
|
|
|
2046 if (first_match != NULL)
|
|
|
2047 {
|
|
|
2048 match = first_match;
|
|
|
2049 do
|
|
|
2050 {
|
|
|
2051 if ( !(match->original & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2052 && STRNCMP(match->str, str, (size_t)len) == 0
|
|
|
2053 && match->str[len] == NUL)
|
|
|
2054 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2055 match = match->next;
|
|
|
2056 } while (match != NULL && match != first_match);
|
|
|
2057 }
|
|
|
2058
|
|
|
2059 /*
|
|
|
2060 * Allocate a new match structure.
|
|
|
2061 * Copy the values to the new match structure.
|
|
|
2062 */
|
|
|
2063 match = (struct Completion *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(struct Completion));
|
|
|
2064 if (match == NULL)
|
|
|
2065 return RET_ERROR;
|
|
|
2066 match->number = -1;
|
|
|
2067 if (reuse & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2068 {
|
|
|
2069 match->number = 0;
|
|
|
2070 match->str = original_text;
|
|
|
2071 }
|
|
|
2072 else if ((match->str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL)
|
|
|
2073 {
|
|
|
2074 vim_free(match);
|
|
|
2075 return RET_ERROR;
|
|
|
2076 }
|
|
|
2077 /* match-fname is:
|
|
|
2078 * - curr_match->fname if it is a string equal to fname.
|
|
|
2079 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem.
|
|
|
2080 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */
|
|
|
2081 if (fname && curr_match && curr_match->fname
|
|
|
2082 && STRCMP(fname, curr_match->fname) == 0)
|
|
|
2083 match->fname = curr_match->fname;
|
|
|
2084 else if (fname && (match->fname = vim_strsave(fname)) != NULL)
|
|
|
2085 reuse |= FREE_FNAME;
|
|
|
2086 else
|
|
|
2087 match->fname = NULL;
|
|
|
2088 match->original = reuse;
|
|
|
2089
|
|
|
2090 /*
|
|
|
2091 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches.
|
|
|
2092 */
|
|
|
2093 if (first_match == NULL)
|
|
|
2094 match->next = match->prev = NULL;
|
|
|
2095 else if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
2096 {
|
|
|
2097 match->next = curr_match->next;
|
|
|
2098 match->prev = curr_match;
|
|
|
2099 }
|
|
|
2100 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
2101 {
|
|
|
2102 match->next = curr_match;
|
|
|
2103 match->prev = curr_match->prev;
|
|
|
2104 }
|
|
|
2105 if (match->next)
|
|
|
2106 match->next->prev = match;
|
|
|
2107 if (match->prev)
|
|
|
2108 match->prev->next = match;
|
|
|
2109 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */
|
|
|
2110 first_match = match;
|
|
|
2111 curr_match = match;
|
|
|
2112
|
|
|
2113 return OK;
|
|
|
2114 }
|
|
|
2115
|
|
|
2116 /*
|
|
|
2117 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches.
|
|
|
2118 * Frees matches[].
|
|
|
2119 */
|
|
|
2120 static void
|
|
|
2121 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir)
|
|
|
2122 int num_matches;
|
|
|
2123 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
2124 int dir;
|
|
|
2125 {
|
|
|
2126 int i;
|
|
|
2127 int add_r = OK;
|
|
|
2128 int ldir = dir;
|
|
|
2129
|
|
|
2130 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != RET_ERROR; i++)
|
|
|
2131 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, NULL, ldir, 0)) == OK)
|
|
|
2132 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
2133 ldir = FORWARD;
|
|
|
2134 FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
|
|
|
2135 }
|
|
|
2136
|
|
|
2137 /* Make the completion list cyclic.
|
|
|
2138 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original).
|
|
|
2139 */
|
|
|
2140 static int
|
|
|
2141 ins_compl_make_cyclic()
|
|
|
2142 {
|
|
|
2143 struct Completion *match;
|
|
|
2144 int count = 0;
|
|
|
2145
|
|
|
2146 if (first_match != NULL)
|
|
|
2147 {
|
|
|
2148 /*
|
|
|
2149 * Find the end of the list.
|
|
|
2150 */
|
|
|
2151 match = first_match;
|
|
|
2152 /* there's always an entry for the original_text, it doesn't count. */
|
|
|
2153 while (match->next != NULL && match->next != first_match)
|
|
|
2154 {
|
|
|
2155 match = match->next;
|
|
|
2156 ++count;
|
|
|
2157 }
|
|
|
2158 match->next = first_match;
|
|
|
2159 first_match->prev = match;
|
|
|
2160 }
|
|
|
2161 return count;
|
|
|
2162 }
|
|
|
2163
|
|
|
2164 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */
|
|
|
2165 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */
|
|
|
2166 /*
|
|
|
2167 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern to the list of
|
|
|
2168 * completions.
|
|
|
2169 */
|
|
|
2170 static void
|
|
|
2171 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict, pat, dir, flags, thesaurus)
|
|
|
2172 char_u *dict;
|
|
|
2173 char_u *pat;
|
|
|
2174 int dir;
|
|
|
2175 int flags;
|
|
|
2176 int thesaurus;
|
|
|
2177 {
|
|
|
2178 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2179 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
2180 FILE *fp;
|
|
|
2181 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
2182 int add_r;
|
|
|
2183 char_u **files;
|
|
|
2184 int count;
|
|
|
2185 int i;
|
|
|
2186 int save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2187
|
|
|
2188 buf = alloc(LSIZE);
|
|
|
2189 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */
|
|
|
2190 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
2191 if (curbuf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
2192 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
|
2193 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
|
|
|
2194 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */
|
|
|
2195 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat);
|
|
|
2196 while (buf != NULL && regmatch.regprog != NULL && *dict != NUL
|
|
|
2197 && !got_int && !completion_interrupted)
|
|
|
2198 {
|
|
|
2199 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */
|
|
|
2200 if (flags == DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2201 {
|
|
|
2202 count = 1;
|
|
|
2203 files = &dict;
|
|
|
2204 }
|
|
|
2205 else
|
|
|
2206 {
|
|
|
2207 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow
|
|
|
2208 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in
|
|
|
2209 * a modeline). */
|
|
|
2210 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
2211 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL
|
|
|
2212 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files,
|
|
|
2213 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK)
|
|
|
2214 count = 0;
|
|
|
2215 }
|
|
|
2216
|
|
|
2217 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !completion_interrupted; i++)
|
|
|
2218 {
|
|
|
2219 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */
|
|
|
2220 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2221 {
|
|
|
2222 sprintf((char*)IObuff, _("Scanning dictionary: %s"),
|
|
|
2223 (char *)files[i]);
|
|
|
2224 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2225 }
|
|
|
2226
|
|
|
2227 if (fp != NULL)
|
|
|
2228 {
|
|
|
2229 /*
|
|
|
2230 * Read dictionary file line by line.
|
|
|
2231 * Check each line for a match.
|
|
|
2232 */
|
|
|
2233 while (!got_int && !completion_interrupted
|
|
|
2234 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp))
|
|
|
2235 {
|
|
|
2236 ptr = buf;
|
|
|
2237 while (vim_regexec(®match, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf)))
|
|
|
2238 {
|
|
|
2239 ptr = regmatch.startp[0];
|
|
|
2240 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2241 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch.startp[0],
|
|
|
2242 (int)(ptr - regmatch.startp[0]),
|
|
|
2243 files[i], dir, 0);
|
|
|
2244 if (thesaurus)
|
|
|
2245 {
|
|
|
2246 char_u *wstart;
|
|
|
2247
|
|
|
2248 /*
|
|
|
2249 * Add the other matches on the line
|
|
|
2250 */
|
|
|
2251 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
2252 {
|
|
|
2253 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white
|
|
|
2254 * space and punctuation. */
|
|
|
2255 ptr = find_word_start(ptr);
|
|
|
2256 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL)
|
|
|
2257 break;
|
|
|
2258 wstart = ptr;
|
|
|
2259
|
|
|
2260 /* Find end of the word and add it. */
|
|
|
2261 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2262 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2263 /* Japanese words may have characters in
|
|
|
2264 * different classes, only separate words
|
|
|
2265 * with single-byte non-word characters. */
|
|
|
2266 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2267 {
|
|
|
2268 int l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr);
|
|
|
2269
|
|
|
2270 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2271 break;
|
|
|
2272 ptr += l;
|
|
|
2273 }
|
|
|
2274 else
|
|
|
2275 #endif
|
|
|
2276 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2277 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart,
|
|
|
2278 (int)(ptr - wstart), files[i], dir, 0);
|
|
|
2279 }
|
|
|
2280 }
|
|
|
2281 if (add_r == OK)
|
|
|
2282 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
2283 dir = FORWARD;
|
|
|
2284 else if (add_r == RET_ERROR)
|
|
|
2285 break;
|
|
|
2286 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end
|
|
|
2287 * of line */
|
|
|
2288 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int)
|
|
|
2289 break;
|
|
|
2290 }
|
|
|
2291 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
2292 ins_compl_check_keys();
|
|
|
2293 }
|
|
|
2294 fclose(fp);
|
|
|
2295 }
|
|
|
2296 }
|
|
|
2297 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2298 FreeWild(count, files);
|
|
|
2299 if (flags)
|
|
|
2300 break;
|
|
|
2301 }
|
|
|
2302 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2303 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
2304 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
2305 }
|
|
|
2306
|
|
|
2307 /*
|
|
|
2308 * Find the start of the next word.
|
|
|
2309 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL.
|
|
|
2310 */
|
|
|
2311 char_u *
|
|
|
2312 find_word_start(ptr)
|
|
|
2313 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2314 {
|
|
|
2315 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2316 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2317 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1)
|
|
|
2318 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr);
|
|
|
2319 else
|
|
|
2320 #endif
|
|
|
2321 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2322 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2323 return ptr;
|
|
|
2324 }
|
|
|
2325
|
|
|
2326 /*
|
|
|
2327 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word.
|
|
|
2328 * Returns a pointer to just after the word.
|
|
|
2329 */
|
|
|
2330 char_u *
|
|
|
2331 find_word_end(ptr)
|
|
|
2332 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2333 {
|
|
|
2334 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2335 int start_class;
|
|
|
2336
|
|
|
2337 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2338 {
|
|
|
2339 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr);
|
|
|
2340 if (start_class > 1)
|
|
|
2341 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2342 {
|
|
|
2343 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr);
|
|
|
2344 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class)
|
|
|
2345 break;
|
|
|
2346 }
|
|
|
2347 }
|
|
|
2348 else
|
|
|
2349 #endif
|
|
|
2350 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2351 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2352 return ptr;
|
|
|
2353 }
|
|
|
2354
|
|
|
2355 /*
|
|
|
2356 * Free the list of completions
|
|
|
2357 */
|
|
|
2358 static void
|
|
|
2359 ins_compl_free()
|
|
|
2360 {
|
|
|
2361 struct Completion *match;
|
|
|
2362
|
|
|
2363 vim_free(complete_pat);
|
|
|
2364 complete_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
2365
|
|
|
2366 if (first_match == NULL)
|
|
|
2367 return;
|
|
|
2368 curr_match = first_match;
|
|
|
2369 do
|
|
|
2370 {
|
|
|
2371 match = curr_match;
|
|
|
2372 curr_match = curr_match->next;
|
|
|
2373 vim_free(match->str);
|
|
|
2374 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */
|
|
|
2375 if (match->original & FREE_FNAME)
|
|
|
2376 vim_free(match->fname);
|
|
|
2377 vim_free(match);
|
|
|
2378 } while (curr_match != NULL && curr_match != first_match);
|
|
|
2379 first_match = curr_match = NULL;
|
|
|
2380 }
|
|
|
2381
|
|
|
2382 static void
|
|
|
2383 ins_compl_clear()
|
|
|
2384 {
|
|
|
2385 continue_status = 0;
|
|
|
2386 started_completion = FALSE;
|
|
|
2387 completion_matches = 0;
|
|
|
2388 vim_free(complete_pat);
|
|
|
2389 complete_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
2390 save_sm = -1;
|
|
|
2391 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
2392 }
|
|
|
2393
|
|
|
2394 /*
|
|
|
2395 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it.
|
|
|
2396 */
|
|
|
2397 static void
|
|
|
2398 ins_compl_prep(c)
|
|
|
2399 int c;
|
|
|
2400 {
|
|
|
2401 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2402 char_u *tmp_ptr;
|
|
|
2403 int temp;
|
|
|
2404 int want_cindent;
|
|
|
2405
|
|
|
2406 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually
|
|
|
2407 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us.
|
|
|
2408 */
|
|
|
2409 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2410 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
2411
|
|
|
2412 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping */
|
|
|
2413 if (c == K_SELECT)
|
|
|
2414 return;
|
|
|
2415
|
|
|
2416 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET)
|
|
|
2417 {
|
|
|
2418 /*
|
|
|
2419 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode
|
|
|
2420 * it will be yet. Now we decide.
|
|
|
2421 */
|
|
|
2422 switch (c)
|
|
|
2423 {
|
|
|
2424 case Ctrl_E:
|
|
|
2425 case Ctrl_Y:
|
|
|
2426 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL;
|
|
|
2427 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG))
|
|
|
2428 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
2429 else
|
|
|
2430 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
2431 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
2432 showmode();
|
|
|
2433 break;
|
|
|
2434 case Ctrl_L:
|
|
|
2435 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
|
|
|
2436 break;
|
|
|
2437 case Ctrl_F:
|
|
|
2438 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES;
|
|
|
2439 break;
|
|
|
2440 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
2441 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2442 break;
|
|
|
2443 case Ctrl_R:
|
|
|
2444 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */
|
|
|
2445 break;
|
|
|
2446 case Ctrl_T:
|
|
|
2447 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
2448 break;
|
|
12
|
2449 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
2450 case Ctrl_U:
|
|
|
2451 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION;
|
|
|
2452 break;
|
|
|
2453 #endif
|
|
7
|
2454 case Ctrl_RSB:
|
|
|
2455 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
2456 break;
|
|
|
2457 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2458 case Ctrl_I:
|
|
|
2459 case K_S_TAB:
|
|
|
2460 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
2461 break;
|
|
|
2462 case Ctrl_D:
|
|
|
2463 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
2464 break;
|
|
|
2465 #endif
|
|
|
2466 case Ctrl_V:
|
|
|
2467 case Ctrl_Q:
|
|
|
2468 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE;
|
|
|
2469 break;
|
|
|
2470 case Ctrl_P:
|
|
|
2471 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
2472 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we
|
|
|
2473 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel
|
|
|
2474 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
2475 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say
|
|
|
2476 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
2477 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag
|
|
|
2478 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
2479 if (!(continue_status & CONT_INTRPT))
|
|
|
2480 continue_status |= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
2481 else if (continue_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2482 continue_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
2483 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
2484 default:
|
|
|
2485 /* if we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set
|
|
|
2486 * continue_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X mode)
|
|
|
2487 * for mode 0, we set continue_mode to an impossible value, in
|
|
|
2488 * both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same mode
|
|
|
2489 * (avoiding ADDING mode). Undocumented feature:
|
|
|
2490 * In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start 'complete' and local
|
|
|
2491 * ^P expansions respectively. In mode 0 an extra ^X is
|
|
|
2492 * needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
2493 if (c == Ctrl_X)
|
|
|
2494 {
|
|
|
2495 if (continue_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2496 continue_status = 0;
|
|
|
2497 else
|
|
|
2498 continue_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
|
2499 }
|
|
|
2500 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2501 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2502 showmode();
|
|
|
2503 break;
|
|
|
2504 }
|
|
|
2505 }
|
|
|
2506 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2507 {
|
|
|
2508 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */
|
|
|
2509 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2510 {
|
|
|
2511 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
2512 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2513 else
|
|
|
2514 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED;
|
|
|
2515 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2516 }
|
|
|
2517 showmode();
|
|
|
2518 }
|
|
|
2519
|
|
|
2520 if (started_completion || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
|
2521 {
|
|
|
2522 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably
|
|
|
2523 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to
|
|
|
2524 * showing what mode we are in.
|
|
|
2525 */
|
|
|
2526 showmode();
|
|
|
2527 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
2528 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
|
2529 {
|
|
|
2530 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and
|
|
|
2531 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up
|
|
|
2532 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert.
|
|
|
2533 */
|
|
|
2534 if (curr_match != NULL)
|
|
|
2535 {
|
|
|
2536 /*
|
|
|
2537 * If any of the original typed text has been changed,
|
|
|
2538 * eg when ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to
|
|
|
2539 * the redo buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete
|
|
|
2540 * just the part of the original text that has changed.
|
|
|
2541 */
|
|
|
2542 ptr = curr_match->str;
|
|
|
2543 tmp_ptr = original_text;
|
|
|
2544 while (*tmp_ptr && *tmp_ptr == *ptr)
|
|
|
2545 {
|
|
|
2546 ++tmp_ptr;
|
|
|
2547 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2548 }
|
|
|
2549 for (temp = 0; tmp_ptr[temp]; ++temp)
|
|
|
2550 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS);
|
|
|
2551 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr);
|
|
|
2552 }
|
|
|
2553
|
|
|
2554 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2555 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on());
|
|
|
2556 #endif
|
|
|
2557 /*
|
|
|
2558 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'.
|
|
|
2559 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long.
|
|
|
2560 */
|
|
|
2561 if (continue_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2562 {
|
|
|
2563 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2564 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
2565 if (want_cindent)
|
|
|
2566 {
|
|
|
2567 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
2568 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */
|
|
|
2569 }
|
|
|
2570 #endif
|
|
|
2571 }
|
|
|
2572 else
|
|
|
2573 {
|
|
|
2574 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */
|
|
|
2575 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
2576 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
2577 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1);
|
|
|
2578 curwin->w_cursor.col++;
|
|
|
2579 }
|
|
|
2580
|
|
|
2581 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
2582
|
|
|
2583 ins_compl_free();
|
|
|
2584 started_completion = FALSE;
|
|
|
2585 completion_matches = 0;
|
|
|
2586 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
2587 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2588 p_sm = save_sm;
|
|
|
2589 if (edit_submode != NULL)
|
|
|
2590 {
|
|
|
2591 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2592 showmode();
|
|
|
2593 }
|
|
|
2594
|
|
|
2595 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2596 /*
|
|
|
2597 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
2598 */
|
|
|
2599 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0)))
|
|
|
2600 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
2601 #endif
|
|
|
2602 }
|
|
|
2603 }
|
|
|
2604
|
|
|
2605 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be
|
|
|
2606 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */
|
|
|
2607 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2608 {
|
|
|
2609 continue_status = 0;
|
|
|
2610 continue_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2611 }
|
|
|
2612 }
|
|
|
2613
|
|
|
2614 /*
|
|
|
2615 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers
|
|
|
2616 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned
|
|
|
2617 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with
|
|
|
2618 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion.
|
|
|
2619 *
|
|
|
2620 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo
|
|
|
2621 */
|
|
|
2622 static buf_T *
|
|
|
2623 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag)
|
|
|
2624 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2625 int flag;
|
|
|
2626 {
|
|
|
2627 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2628 static win_T *wp;
|
|
|
2629 #endif
|
|
|
2630
|
|
|
2631 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */
|
|
|
2632 {
|
|
|
2633 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2634 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */
|
|
|
2635 wp = curwin;
|
|
|
2636 while ((wp = wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin) != curwin
|
|
|
2637 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned)
|
|
|
2638 ;
|
|
|
2639 buf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
|
2640 #else
|
|
|
2641 buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
2642 #endif
|
|
|
2643 }
|
|
|
2644 else
|
|
|
2645 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U'
|
|
|
2646 * (unlisted buffers)
|
|
|
2647 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */
|
|
|
2648 while ((buf = buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf) != curbuf
|
|
|
2649 && ((flag == 'U'
|
|
|
2650 ? buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
2651 : (!buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
2652 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u')))
|
|
|
2653 || buf->b_scanned
|
|
|
2654 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL
|
|
|
2655 && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)))
|
|
|
2656 ;
|
|
|
2657 return buf;
|
|
|
2658 }
|
|
|
2659
|
|
12
|
2660 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
2661 static char_u *call_completefunc __ARGS((char_u *line, char_u *base, int col, int preproc));
|
|
20
|
2662 static int expand_by_function __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, int col, char_u *base, char_u ***matches));
|
|
12
|
2663
|
|
|
2664 /*
|
|
|
2665 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc'.
|
|
|
2666 * Return NULL if some error occurs.
|
|
|
2667 */
|
|
|
2668 static char_u *
|
|
|
2669 call_completefunc(line, base, col, preproc)
|
|
|
2670 char_u *line;
|
|
|
2671 char_u *base;
|
|
|
2672 int col;
|
|
|
2673 int preproc;
|
|
|
2674 {
|
|
|
2675 char_u colbuf[30];
|
|
|
2676 char_u *args[4];
|
|
|
2677
|
|
|
2678 /* Return NULL when 'completefunc' isn't set. */
|
|
|
2679 if (*curbuf->b_p_cfu == NUL)
|
|
|
2680 return NULL;
|
|
|
2681
|
|
|
2682 sprintf((char *)colbuf, "%d", col + (base ? (int)STRLEN(base) : 0));
|
|
|
2683 args[0] = line;
|
|
|
2684 args[1] = base;
|
|
|
2685 args[2] = colbuf;
|
|
20
|
2686 args[3] = (char_u *)(preproc ? "1" : "0");
|
|
12
|
2687 return call_vim_function(curbuf->b_p_cfu, 4, args, FALSE);
|
|
|
2688 }
|
|
|
2689
|
|
|
2690 /*
|
|
|
2691 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc', and get candidates
|
|
|
2692 * are separeted with "\n". Return value is number of candidates and array
|
|
|
2693 * of candidates as "matches".
|
|
|
2694 */
|
|
|
2695 static int
|
|
|
2696 expand_by_function(lnum, col, base, matches)
|
|
20
|
2697 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
12
|
2698 int col;
|
|
|
2699 char_u *base;
|
|
|
2700 char_u ***matches;
|
|
|
2701 {
|
|
|
2702 char_u *matchstr = NULL;
|
|
|
2703
|
|
|
2704 /* Execute 'completefunc' and get the result */
|
|
|
2705 matchstr = call_completefunc(ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, FALSE), base, col, 0);
|
|
|
2706
|
|
|
2707 /* Parse returned string */
|
|
|
2708 if (matchstr != NULL)
|
|
|
2709 {
|
|
|
2710 garray_T ga;
|
|
|
2711 char_u *p, *pnext;
|
|
|
2712
|
|
|
2713 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char*), 8);
|
|
|
2714 for (p = matchstr; *p != NUL; p = pnext)
|
|
|
2715 {
|
|
|
2716 int len;
|
|
|
2717
|
|
|
2718 pnext = vim_strchr(p, '\n');
|
|
|
2719 if (pnext == NULL)
|
|
|
2720 pnext = p + STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
2721 len = pnext - p;
|
|
|
2722 if (len > 0)
|
|
|
2723 {
|
|
|
2724 if (ga_grow(&ga, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2725 break;
|
|
|
2726 ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len] = vim_strnsave(p, len);
|
|
|
2727 ++ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
2728 }
|
|
|
2729 if (*pnext != NUL)
|
|
|
2730 ++pnext;
|
|
|
2731 }
|
|
|
2732 vim_free(matchstr);
|
|
|
2733 if (ga.ga_len > 0)
|
|
|
2734 *matches = (char_u**)ga.ga_data;
|
|
|
2735 return ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
2736 }
|
|
|
2737 return 0;
|
|
|
2738 }
|
|
|
2739 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */
|
|
|
2740
|
|
7
|
2741 /*
|
|
|
2742 * Get the next expansion(s) for the text starting at the initial curbuf
|
|
|
2743 * position "ini" and in the direction dir.
|
|
|
2744 * Return the total of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo
|
|
|
2745 */
|
|
|
2746 static int
|
|
|
2747 ins_compl_get_exp(ini, dir)
|
|
|
2748 pos_T *ini;
|
|
|
2749 int dir;
|
|
|
2750 {
|
|
|
2751 static pos_T first_match_pos;
|
|
|
2752 static pos_T last_match_pos;
|
|
|
2753 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */
|
|
|
2754 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches. */
|
|
|
2755 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL;
|
|
|
2756
|
|
|
2757 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2758 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
2759 int save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2760 int save_p_ws;
|
|
|
2761 int save_p_ic;
|
|
|
2762 int i;
|
|
|
2763 int num_matches;
|
|
|
2764 int len;
|
|
|
2765 int found_new_match;
|
|
|
2766 int type = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
|
2767 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2768 char_u *tmp_ptr;
|
|
|
2769 char_u *dict = NULL;
|
|
|
2770 int dict_f = 0;
|
|
|
2771 struct Completion *old_match;
|
|
|
2772
|
|
|
2773 if (!started_completion)
|
|
|
2774 {
|
|
|
2775 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next)
|
|
|
2776 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0;
|
|
|
2777 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
2778 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
12
|
2779 e_cpt = (continue_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
|
2780 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt;
|
|
7
|
2781 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
2782 }
|
|
|
2783
|
|
|
2784 old_match = curr_match; /* remember the last current match */
|
|
|
2785 pos = (dir == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos;
|
|
|
2786 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */
|
|
|
2787 for (;;)
|
|
|
2788 {
|
|
|
2789 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
2790
|
|
|
2791 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if started_completion is off,
|
|
|
2792 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the
|
|
|
2793 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */
|
|
|
2794 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2795 && (!started_completion || found_all))
|
|
|
2796 {
|
|
|
2797 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
2798 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ')
|
|
|
2799 e_cpt++;
|
|
|
2800 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned)
|
|
|
2801 {
|
|
|
2802 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
2803 first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
2804 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */
|
|
|
2805 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0)
|
|
|
2806 dec(&first_match_pos);
|
|
|
2807 last_match_pos = first_match_pos;
|
|
|
2808 type = 0;
|
|
|
2809 }
|
|
|
2810 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL
|
|
|
2811 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf)
|
|
|
2812 {
|
|
|
2813 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */
|
|
|
2814 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */
|
|
|
2815 {
|
|
|
2816 started_completion = TRUE;
|
|
|
2817 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0;
|
|
|
2818 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
|
|
|
2819 last_match_pos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2820 type = 0;
|
|
|
2821 }
|
|
|
2822 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */
|
|
|
2823 {
|
|
|
2824 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
2825 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL)
|
|
|
2826 continue;
|
|
|
2827 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2828 dict = ins_buf->b_fname;
|
|
|
2829 dict_f = DICT_EXACT;
|
|
|
2830 }
|
|
|
2831 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("Scanning: %s"),
|
|
|
2832 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL
|
|
|
2833 ? buf_spname(ins_buf)
|
|
|
2834 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL
|
|
|
2835 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname
|
|
|
2836 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname);
|
|
|
2837 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2838 }
|
|
|
2839 else if (*e_cpt == NUL)
|
|
|
2840 break;
|
|
|
2841 else
|
|
|
2842 {
|
|
|
2843 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2844 type = -1;
|
|
|
2845 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's')
|
|
|
2846 {
|
|
|
2847 if (*e_cpt == 'k')
|
|
|
2848 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2849 else
|
|
|
2850 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
2851 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL)
|
|
|
2852 {
|
|
|
2853 dict = e_cpt;
|
|
|
2854 dict_f = DICT_FIRST;
|
|
|
2855 }
|
|
|
2856 }
|
|
|
2857 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2858 else if (*e_cpt == 'i')
|
|
|
2859 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
2860 else if (*e_cpt == 'd')
|
|
|
2861 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
2862 #endif
|
|
|
2863 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't')
|
|
|
2864 {
|
|
|
2865 type = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
2866 sprintf((char*)IObuff, _("Scanning tags."));
|
|
|
2867 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2868 }
|
|
|
2869 else
|
|
|
2870 type = -1;
|
|
|
2871
|
|
|
2872 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */
|
|
|
2873 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
2874
|
|
|
2875 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
2876 if (type == -1)
|
|
|
2877 continue;
|
|
|
2878 }
|
|
|
2879 }
|
|
|
2880
|
|
|
2881 switch (type)
|
|
|
2882 {
|
|
|
2883 case -1:
|
|
|
2884 break;
|
|
|
2885 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2886 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
2887 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
|
2888 find_pattern_in_path(complete_pat, dir,
|
|
|
2889 (int)STRLEN(complete_pat), FALSE, FALSE,
|
|
|
2890 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES
|
|
|
2891 && !(continue_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
|
2892 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND,
|
|
|
2893 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM);
|
|
|
2894 break;
|
|
|
2895 #endif
|
|
|
2896
|
|
|
2897 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
2898 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
2899 ins_compl_dictionaries(
|
|
|
2900 dict ? dict
|
|
|
2901 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS
|
|
|
2902 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL
|
|
|
2903 ? p_tsr
|
|
|
2904 : curbuf->b_p_tsr)
|
|
|
2905 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL
|
|
|
2906 ? p_dict
|
|
|
2907 : curbuf->b_p_dict)),
|
|
|
2908 complete_pat, dir,
|
|
|
2909 dict ? dict_f : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS);
|
|
|
2910 dict = NULL;
|
|
|
2911 break;
|
|
|
2912
|
|
|
2913 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
2914 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */
|
|
|
2915 save_p_ic = p_ic;
|
|
|
2916 p_ic = ignorecase(complete_pat);
|
|
|
2917
|
|
|
2918 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enourmous number
|
|
|
2919 * of matches is found when complete_pat is empty */
|
|
|
2920 if (find_tags(complete_pat, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
|
2921 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
|
|
|
2922 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
|
|
|
2923 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
2924 {
|
|
|
2925 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2926 }
|
|
|
2927 p_ic = save_p_ic;
|
|
|
2928 break;
|
|
|
2929
|
|
|
2930 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
|
2931 if (expand_wildcards(1, &complete_pat, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
|
2932 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK)
|
|
|
2933 {
|
|
|
2934
|
|
|
2935 /* May change home directory back to "~". */
|
|
|
2936 tilde_replace(complete_pat, num_matches, matches);
|
|
|
2937 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2938 }
|
|
|
2939 break;
|
|
|
2940
|
|
|
2941 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
|
2942 if (expand_cmdline(&complete_xp, complete_pat,
|
|
|
2943 (int)STRLEN(complete_pat),
|
|
|
2944 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK)
|
|
|
2945 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2946 break;
|
|
|
2947
|
|
12
|
2948 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
2949 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
|
2950 num_matches = expand_by_function(first_match_pos.lnum,
|
|
|
2951 first_match_pos.col, complete_pat, &matches);
|
|
|
2952 if (num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
2953 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2954 break;
|
|
|
2955 #endif
|
|
|
2956
|
|
7
|
2957 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */
|
|
|
2958 /*
|
|
|
2959 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here
|
|
|
2960 */
|
|
|
2961 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
2962 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
2963 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
|
2964 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the
|
|
|
2965 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this
|
|
|
2966 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set
|
|
|
2967 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */
|
|
|
2968 save_p_ws = p_ws;
|
|
|
2969 if (ins_buf != curbuf)
|
|
|
2970 p_ws = FALSE;
|
|
|
2971 else if (*e_cpt == '.')
|
|
|
2972 p_ws = TRUE;
|
|
|
2973 for (;;)
|
|
|
2974 {
|
|
|
2975 int reuse = 0;
|
|
|
2976
|
|
|
2977 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that has
|
|
|
2978 * added a word that was at the beginning of the line */
|
|
|
2979 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
|
|
|
2980 || (continue_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
|
2981 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos,
|
|
|
2982 dir, complete_pat);
|
|
|
2983 else
|
|
|
2984 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, dir,
|
|
|
2985 complete_pat, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG,
|
|
|
2986 RE_LAST);
|
|
|
2987 if (!started_completion)
|
|
|
2988 {
|
|
|
2989 /* set started_completion even on fail */
|
|
|
2990 started_completion = TRUE;
|
|
|
2991 first_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
2992 last_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
2993 }
|
|
|
2994 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum
|
|
|
2995 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col)
|
|
|
2996 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
2997 if (found_new_match == FAIL)
|
|
|
2998 {
|
|
|
2999 if (ins_buf == curbuf)
|
|
|
3000 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
3001 break;
|
|
|
3002 }
|
|
|
3003
|
|
|
3004 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */
|
|
|
3005 if ( (continue_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf
|
|
|
3006 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum
|
|
|
3007 && ini->col == pos->col)
|
|
|
3008 continue;
|
|
|
3009 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col;
|
|
|
3010 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3011 {
|
|
|
3012 if (continue_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3013 {
|
|
|
3014 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
3015 continue;
|
|
|
3016 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
3017 if (!p_paste)
|
|
|
3018 ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
3019 }
|
|
|
3020 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
3021 }
|
|
|
3022 else
|
|
|
3023 {
|
|
|
3024 tmp_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
3025 if (continue_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3026 {
|
|
|
3027 tmp_ptr += completion_length;
|
|
|
3028 /* Skip if already inside a word. */
|
|
|
3029 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr))
|
|
|
3030 continue;
|
|
|
3031 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
3032 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3033 }
|
|
|
3034 /* Find end of this word. */
|
|
|
3035 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3036 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
3037
|
|
|
3038 if ((continue_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3039 && len == completion_length)
|
|
|
3040 {
|
|
|
3041 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
3042 {
|
|
|
3043 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be
|
|
|
3044 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used.
|
|
|
3045 * IOSIZE is always greater than
|
|
|
3046 * completion_length, so the next STRNCPY always
|
|
|
3047 * works -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
3048 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len);
|
|
|
3049 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
3050 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
3051 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
3052 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3053 /* Find end of next word. */
|
|
|
3054 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3055 if (tmp_ptr > ptr)
|
|
|
3056 {
|
|
|
3057 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len-1] != TAB)
|
|
|
3058 {
|
|
|
3059 if (IObuff[len-1] != ' ')
|
|
|
3060 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
3061 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */
|
|
|
3062 if (p_js
|
|
|
3063 && (IObuff[len-2] == '.'
|
|
|
3064 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP)
|
|
|
3065 == NULL
|
|
|
3066 && (IObuff[len-2] == '?'
|
|
|
3067 || IObuff[len-2] == '!'))))
|
|
|
3068 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
3069 }
|
|
|
3070 /* copy as much as posible of the new word */
|
|
|
3071 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len)
|
|
|
3072 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1;
|
|
|
3073 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
3074 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
3075 reuse |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
|
3076 }
|
|
|
3077 IObuff[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
3078 ptr = IObuff;
|
|
|
3079 }
|
|
|
3080 if (len == completion_length)
|
|
|
3081 continue;
|
|
|
3082 }
|
|
|
3083 }
|
|
|
3084 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len,
|
|
|
3085 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname,
|
|
|
3086 dir, reuse) != FAIL)
|
|
|
3087 {
|
|
|
3088 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
3089 break;
|
|
|
3090 }
|
|
|
3091 }
|
|
|
3092 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
3093 p_ws = save_p_ws;
|
|
|
3094 }
|
|
|
3095 /* check if curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of expansion
|
|
|
3096 * added somenthing) */
|
|
|
3097 if (curr_match != old_match)
|
|
|
3098 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
3099
|
|
|
3100 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the
|
|
|
3101 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */
|
|
|
3102 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3103 || found_new_match != FAIL)
|
|
|
3104 break;
|
|
|
3105
|
|
|
3106 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */
|
|
|
3107 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
3108 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE;
|
|
|
3109
|
|
|
3110 started_completion = FALSE;
|
|
|
3111 }
|
|
|
3112 started_completion = TRUE;
|
|
|
3113
|
|
|
3114 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3115 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */
|
|
|
3116 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
3117
|
|
|
3118 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */
|
|
|
3119 if (found_new_match == FAIL
|
|
|
3120 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE))
|
|
|
3121 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
|
|
|
3122
|
|
|
3123 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has
|
|
|
3124 * just been made cyclic then we have to move curr_match to the next or
|
|
|
3125 * previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
3126 curr_match = dir == FORWARD ? old_match->next : old_match->prev;
|
|
|
3127 if (curr_match == NULL)
|
|
|
3128 curr_match = old_match;
|
|
|
3129 return i;
|
|
|
3130 }
|
|
|
3131
|
|
|
3132 /* Delete the old text being completed. */
|
|
|
3133 static void
|
|
|
3134 ins_compl_delete()
|
|
|
3135 {
|
|
|
3136 int i;
|
|
|
3137
|
|
|
3138 /*
|
|
|
3139 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part.
|
|
|
3140 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any.
|
|
|
3141 */
|
|
|
3142 i = complete_col + (continue_status & CONT_ADDING ? completion_length : 0);
|
|
|
3143 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
3144 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
3145 }
|
|
|
3146
|
|
|
3147 /* Insert the new text being completed. */
|
|
|
3148 static void
|
|
|
3149 ins_compl_insert()
|
|
|
3150 {
|
|
|
3151 ins_bytes(shown_match->str + curwin->w_cursor.col - complete_col);
|
|
|
3152 }
|
|
|
3153
|
|
|
3154 /*
|
|
|
3155 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction.
|
|
|
3156 * If allow_get_expansion is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to get
|
|
|
3157 * more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there are
|
|
|
3158 * no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when we
|
|
|
3159 * are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing through
|
|
|
3160 * the ones found so far.
|
|
|
3161 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb.
|
|
|
3162 *
|
|
|
3163 * curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use
|
|
|
3164 * shown_match here.
|
|
|
3165 *
|
|
|
3166 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with
|
|
|
3167 * allow_get_expansion TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn
|
|
|
3168 * calls this function with allow_get_expansion FALSE.
|
|
|
3169 */
|
|
|
3170 static int
|
|
|
3171 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3172 int allow_get_expansion;
|
|
|
3173 {
|
|
|
3174 int num_matches = -1;
|
|
|
3175 int i;
|
|
|
3176
|
|
|
3177 if (allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3178 {
|
|
|
3179 /* Delete old text to be replaced */
|
|
|
3180 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3181 }
|
|
|
3182 completion_pending = FALSE;
|
|
|
3183 if (shown_direction == FORWARD && shown_match->next != NULL)
|
|
|
3184 shown_match = shown_match->next;
|
|
|
3185 else if (shown_direction == BACKWARD && shown_match->prev != NULL)
|
|
|
3186 shown_match = shown_match->prev;
|
|
|
3187 else
|
|
|
3188 {
|
|
|
3189 completion_pending = TRUE;
|
|
|
3190 if (allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3191 {
|
|
|
3192 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&initial_pos, complete_direction);
|
|
|
3193 if (completion_pending)
|
|
|
3194 {
|
|
|
3195 if (complete_direction == shown_direction)
|
|
|
3196 shown_match = curr_match;
|
|
|
3197 }
|
|
|
3198 }
|
|
|
3199 else
|
|
|
3200 return -1;
|
|
|
3201 }
|
|
|
3202
|
|
|
3203 /* Insert the text of the new completion */
|
|
|
3204 ins_compl_insert();
|
|
|
3205
|
|
|
3206 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3207 {
|
|
|
3208 /* Display the current match. */
|
|
|
3209 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
3210
|
|
|
3211 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and
|
|
|
3212 * don't want to match ourselves! */
|
|
|
3213 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3214 }
|
|
|
3215
|
|
|
3216 /*
|
|
|
3217 * Show the file name for the match (if any)
|
|
|
3218 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return.
|
|
|
3219 */
|
|
|
3220 if (shown_match->fname != NULL)
|
|
|
3221 {
|
|
|
3222 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file ");
|
|
|
3223 i = (vim_strsize(shown_match->fname) + 16) - sc_col;
|
|
|
3224 if (i <= 0)
|
|
|
3225 i = 0;
|
|
|
3226 else
|
|
|
3227 STRCAT(IObuff, "<");
|
|
|
3228 STRCAT(IObuff, shown_match->fname + i);
|
|
|
3229 msg(IObuff);
|
|
|
3230 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */
|
|
|
3231 }
|
|
|
3232
|
|
|
3233 return num_matches;
|
|
|
3234 }
|
|
|
3235
|
|
|
3236 /*
|
|
|
3237 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key
|
|
|
3238 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion
|
|
|
3239 * mode. Also, when completion_pending is TRUE, show a completion as soon as
|
|
|
3240 * possible. -- webb
|
|
|
3241 */
|
|
|
3242 void
|
|
|
3243 ins_compl_check_keys()
|
|
|
3244 {
|
|
|
3245 static int count = 0;
|
|
|
3246
|
|
|
3247 int c;
|
|
|
3248
|
|
|
3249 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test
|
|
|
3250 * scripts */
|
|
|
3251 if (using_script())
|
|
|
3252 return;
|
|
|
3253
|
|
|
3254 /* Only do this at regular intervals */
|
|
|
3255 if (++count < CHECK_KEYS_TIME)
|
|
|
3256 return;
|
|
|
3257 count = 0;
|
|
|
3258
|
|
|
3259 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
3260 c = vpeekc_any();
|
|
|
3261 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
3262 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
3263 {
|
|
|
3264 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
3265 {
|
|
|
3266 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */
|
|
|
3267 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L)
|
|
|
3268 shown_direction = BACKWARD;
|
|
|
3269 else
|
|
|
3270 shown_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
3271 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE);
|
|
|
3272 }
|
|
|
3273 else if (c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
3274 completion_interrupted = TRUE;
|
|
|
3275 }
|
|
|
3276 if (completion_pending && !got_int)
|
|
|
3277 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE);
|
|
|
3278 }
|
|
|
3279
|
|
|
3280 /*
|
|
|
3281 * Do Insert mode completion.
|
|
|
3282 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion.
|
|
|
3283 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem).
|
|
|
3284 */
|
|
|
3285 static int
|
|
|
3286 ins_complete(c)
|
|
|
3287 int c;
|
|
|
3288 {
|
|
|
3289 char_u *line;
|
|
|
3290 char_u *tmp_ptr = NULL; /* init for gcc */
|
|
|
3291 int temp = 0;
|
|
|
3292
|
|
|
3293 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L)
|
|
|
3294 complete_direction = BACKWARD;
|
|
|
3295 else
|
|
|
3296 complete_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
3297 if (!started_completion)
|
|
|
3298 {
|
|
|
3299 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */
|
|
|
3300
|
|
|
3301 /* Turn off 'sm' so we don't show matches with ^X^L */
|
|
|
3302 save_sm = p_sm;
|
|
|
3303 p_sm = FALSE;
|
|
|
3304
|
|
|
3305 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
3306 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
3307 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
3308 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
3309 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
3310 #endif
|
|
|
3311 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
3312 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3313
|
|
|
3314 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
3315 complete_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
3316
|
|
|
3317 /* if this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from
|
|
|
3318 * "initial_pos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word instead
|
|
|
3319 * of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if "initial_pos"
|
|
|
3320 * is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it (the line has
|
|
|
3321 * been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL is set then
|
|
|
3322 * skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of the line has
|
|
|
3323 * been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */
|
|
|
3324 if ((continue_status & CONT_INTRPT) && continue_mode == ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
|
3325 {
|
|
|
3326 /*
|
|
|
3327 * it is a continued search
|
|
|
3328 */
|
|
|
3329 continue_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */
|
|
|
3330 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
3331 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
3332 {
|
|
|
3333 if (initial_pos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
|
3334 {
|
|
|
3335 /* line (probably) wrapped, set initial_pos to the first
|
|
|
3336 * non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar include
|
|
|
3337 * it to get a better pattern, but then we don't want the
|
|
|
3338 * "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */
|
|
|
3339 tmp_ptr = skipwhite(line);
|
|
|
3340 initial_pos.col = (colnr_T) (tmp_ptr - line);
|
|
|
3341 initial_pos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
3342 continue_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */
|
|
|
3343 }
|
|
|
3344 else
|
|
|
3345 {
|
|
|
3346 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the
|
|
|
3347 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL
|
|
|
3348 * mode but first we need to redefine initial_pos */
|
|
|
3349 if (continue_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
|
3350 {
|
|
|
3351 continue_status |= CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
3352 initial_pos.col = (colnr_T) (skipwhite(line + completion_length +
|
|
|
3353 initial_pos.col) - line);
|
|
|
3354 }
|
|
|
3355 tmp_ptr = line + initial_pos.col;
|
|
|
3356 }
|
|
|
3357 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)(tmp_ptr - line);
|
|
|
3358 /* IObuf is used to add a "word from the next line" would we
|
|
|
3359 * have enough space? just being paranoic */
|
|
|
3360 #define MIN_SPACE 75
|
|
|
3361 if (temp > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE))
|
|
|
3362 {
|
|
|
3363 continue_status &= ~CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
3364 temp = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE);
|
|
|
3365 tmp_ptr = line + curwin->w_cursor.col - temp;
|
|
|
3366 }
|
|
|
3367 continue_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3368 if (temp < 1)
|
|
|
3369 continue_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
3370 }
|
|
|
3371 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3372 continue_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3373 else
|
|
|
3374 continue_status = 0;
|
|
|
3375 }
|
|
|
3376 else
|
|
|
3377 continue_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
3378
|
|
|
3379 if (!(continue_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */
|
|
|
3380 {
|
|
|
3381 continue_mode = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
|
3382 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */
|
|
|
3383 continue_status = 0;
|
|
|
3384 continue_status |= CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3385 initial_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
3386 temp = (int)complete_col;
|
|
|
3387 tmp_ptr = line;
|
|
|
3388 }
|
|
|
3389
|
|
|
3390 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */
|
|
|
3391 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT))
|
|
|
3392 {
|
|
|
3393 if ( (continue_status & CONT_SOL)
|
|
|
3394 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
3395 {
|
|
|
3396 if (!(continue_status & CONT_ADDING))
|
|
|
3397 {
|
|
|
3398 while (--temp >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[temp]))
|
|
|
3399 ;
|
|
|
3400 tmp_ptr += ++temp;
|
|
|
3401 temp = complete_col - temp;
|
|
|
3402 }
|
|
|
3403 if (p_ic)
|
|
133
|
3404 complete_pat = str_foldcase(tmp_ptr, temp, NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
3405 else
|
|
|
3406 complete_pat = vim_strnsave(tmp_ptr, temp);
|
|
|
3407 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3408 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3409 }
|
|
|
3410 else if (continue_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3411 {
|
|
|
3412 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<";
|
|
|
3413
|
|
|
3414 /* we need 3 extra chars, 1 for the NUL and
|
|
|
3415 * 2 >= strlen(prefix) -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
3416 complete_pat = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, tmp_ptr, temp) + 3);
|
|
|
3417 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3418 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3419 if (!vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr)
|
|
|
3420 || (tmp_ptr > line
|
|
|
3421 && (
|
|
|
3422 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3423 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, tmp_ptr))
|
|
|
3424 #else
|
|
|
3425 vim_iswordc(*(tmp_ptr - 1))
|
|
|
3426 #endif
|
|
|
3427 )))
|
|
|
3428 prefix = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
3429 STRCPY((char *)complete_pat, prefix);
|
|
|
3430 (void)quote_meta(complete_pat + STRLEN(prefix), tmp_ptr, temp);
|
|
|
3431 }
|
|
|
3432 else if (
|
|
|
3433 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3434 --temp < 0 || !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line,
|
|
|
3435 line + temp + 1))
|
|
|
3436 #else
|
|
|
3437 --temp < 0 || !vim_iswordc(line[temp])
|
|
|
3438 #endif
|
|
|
3439 )
|
|
|
3440 {
|
|
|
3441 /* Match any word of at least two chars */
|
|
|
3442 complete_pat = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k");
|
|
|
3443 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3444 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3445 tmp_ptr += complete_col;
|
|
|
3446 temp = 0;
|
|
|
3447 }
|
|
|
3448 else
|
|
|
3449 {
|
|
|
3450 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3451 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character
|
|
|
3452 * or not a word single byte character backward. */
|
|
|
3453 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3454 {
|
|
|
3455 int base_class;
|
|
|
3456 int head_off;
|
|
|
3457
|
|
|
3458 temp -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + temp);
|
|
|
3459 base_class = mb_get_class(line + temp);
|
|
|
3460 while (--temp >= 0)
|
|
|
3461 {
|
|
|
3462 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + temp);
|
|
|
3463 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + temp - head_off))
|
|
|
3464 break;
|
|
|
3465 temp -= head_off;
|
|
|
3466 }
|
|
|
3467 }
|
|
|
3468 else
|
|
|
3469 #endif
|
|
|
3470 while (--temp >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[temp]))
|
|
|
3471 ;
|
|
|
3472 tmp_ptr += ++temp;
|
|
|
3473 if ((temp = (int)complete_col - temp) == 1)
|
|
|
3474 {
|
|
|
3475 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb
|
|
|
3476 * there's no need to call quote_meta,
|
|
|
3477 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo
|
|
|
3478 */
|
|
|
3479 complete_pat = alloc(7);
|
|
|
3480 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3481 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3482 STRCPY((char *)complete_pat, "\\<");
|
|
|
3483 (void)quote_meta(complete_pat + 2, tmp_ptr, 1);
|
|
|
3484 STRCAT((char *)complete_pat, "\\k");
|
|
|
3485 }
|
|
|
3486 else
|
|
|
3487 {
|
|
|
3488 complete_pat = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, tmp_ptr, temp) + 3);
|
|
|
3489 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3490 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3491 STRCPY((char *)complete_pat, "\\<");
|
|
|
3492 (void)quote_meta(complete_pat + 2, tmp_ptr, temp);
|
|
|
3493 }
|
|
|
3494 }
|
|
|
3495 }
|
|
|
3496 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3497 {
|
|
|
3498 tmp_ptr = skipwhite(line);
|
|
|
3499 temp = (int)complete_col - (int)(tmp_ptr - line);
|
|
|
3500 if (temp < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */
|
|
|
3501 temp = 0;
|
|
|
3502 if (p_ic)
|
|
133
|
3503 complete_pat = str_foldcase(tmp_ptr, temp, NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
3504 else
|
|
|
3505 complete_pat = vim_strnsave(tmp_ptr, temp);
|
|
|
3506 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3507 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3508 }
|
|
|
3509 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
3510 {
|
|
|
3511 while (--temp >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[temp]))
|
|
|
3512 ;
|
|
|
3513 tmp_ptr += ++temp;
|
|
|
3514 temp = (int)complete_col - temp;
|
|
|
3515 complete_pat = addstar(tmp_ptr, temp, EXPAND_FILES);
|
|
|
3516 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3517 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3518 }
|
|
|
3519 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
3520 {
|
|
|
3521 complete_pat = vim_strnsave(line, complete_col);
|
|
|
3522 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3523 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3524 set_cmd_context(&complete_xp, complete_pat,
|
|
|
3525 (int)STRLEN(complete_pat), complete_col);
|
|
|
3526 if (complete_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL
|
|
|
3527 || complete_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING)
|
|
|
3528 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3529 temp = (int)(complete_xp.xp_pattern - complete_pat);
|
|
|
3530 tmp_ptr = line + temp;
|
|
|
3531 temp = complete_col - temp;
|
|
|
3532 }
|
|
12
|
3533 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
3534 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
|
|
|
3535 {
|
|
|
3536 /*
|
|
|
3537 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with line content,
|
|
|
3538 * cursor column number and preproc is 1. Obtain length of text
|
|
|
3539 * to use for completion.
|
|
|
3540 */
|
|
|
3541 char_u *lenstr;
|
|
|
3542 int keeplen = 0;
|
|
|
3543
|
|
|
3544 /* Call 'completefunc' and get pattern length as a string */
|
|
|
3545 lenstr = call_completefunc(line, NULL, complete_col, 1);
|
|
|
3546 if (lenstr == NULL)
|
|
|
3547 return FAIL;
|
|
20
|
3548 keeplen = atoi((char *)lenstr);
|
|
12
|
3549 vim_free(lenstr);
|
|
|
3550 if (keeplen < 0)
|
|
|
3551 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3552 if ((colnr_T)keeplen > complete_col)
|
|
|
3553 keeplen = complete_col;
|
|
|
3554
|
|
|
3555 /* Setup variables for completion */
|
|
|
3556 tmp_ptr = line + keeplen;
|
|
|
3557 temp = complete_col - keeplen;
|
|
|
3558 complete_pat = vim_strnsave(tmp_ptr, temp);
|
|
|
3559 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3560 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3561 }
|
|
|
3562 #endif
|
|
7
|
3563 complete_col = (colnr_T) (tmp_ptr - line);
|
|
|
3564
|
|
|
3565 if (continue_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3566 {
|
|
|
3567 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding");
|
|
|
3568 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3569 {
|
|
|
3570 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */
|
|
|
3571 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
3572 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com;
|
|
|
3573
|
|
|
3574 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
3575 #endif
|
|
|
3576 initial_pos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
3577 initial_pos.col = complete_col;
|
|
|
3578 ins_eol('\r');
|
|
|
3579 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
3580 curbuf->b_p_com = old;
|
|
|
3581 #endif
|
|
|
3582 tmp_ptr = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
3583 temp = 0;
|
|
|
3584 complete_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
3585 }
|
|
|
3586 }
|
|
|
3587 else
|
|
|
3588 {
|
|
|
3589 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
3590 initial_pos.col = complete_col;
|
|
|
3591 }
|
|
|
3592
|
|
|
3593 if (continue_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
|
3594 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[2]);
|
|
|
3595 else
|
|
|
3596 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
3597
|
|
|
3598 completion_length = temp;
|
|
|
3599
|
|
|
3600 /* Always add completion for the original text. Note that
|
|
|
3601 * "original_text" itself (not a copy) is added, it will be freed when
|
|
|
3602 * the list of matches is freed. */
|
|
|
3603 if ((original_text = vim_strnsave(tmp_ptr, temp)) == NULL
|
|
|
3604 || ins_compl_add(original_text, -1, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT) != OK)
|
|
|
3605 {
|
|
|
3606 vim_free(complete_pat);
|
|
|
3607 complete_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
3608 vim_free(original_text);
|
|
|
3609 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3610 }
|
|
|
3611
|
|
|
3612 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must
|
|
|
3613 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no
|
|
|
3614 * longer needed. -- Acevedo.
|
|
|
3615 */
|
|
|
3616 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching...");
|
|
|
3617 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
3618 showmode();
|
|
|
3619 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
3620 out_flush();
|
|
|
3621 }
|
|
|
3622
|
|
|
3623 shown_match = curr_match;
|
|
|
3624 shown_direction = complete_direction;
|
|
|
3625
|
|
|
3626 /*
|
|
|
3627 * Find next match.
|
|
|
3628 */
|
|
|
3629 temp = ins_compl_next(TRUE);
|
|
|
3630
|
|
|
3631 if (temp > 1) /* all matches have been found */
|
|
|
3632 completion_matches = temp;
|
|
|
3633 curr_match = shown_match;
|
|
|
3634 complete_direction = shown_direction;
|
|
|
3635 completion_interrupted = FALSE;
|
|
|
3636
|
|
|
3637 /* eat the ESC to avoid leaving insert mode */
|
|
|
3638 if (got_int && !global_busy)
|
|
|
3639 {
|
|
|
3640 (void)vgetc();
|
|
|
3641 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
3642 }
|
|
|
3643
|
|
|
3644 /* we found no match if the list has only the original_text-entry */
|
|
|
3645 if (first_match == first_match->next)
|
|
|
3646 {
|
|
|
3647 edit_submode_extra = (continue_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3648 && completion_length > 1
|
|
|
3649 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf);
|
|
|
3650 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E;
|
|
|
3651 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode,
|
|
|
3652 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used
|
|
|
3653 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word
|
|
|
3654 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
3655 if ( completion_length > 1
|
|
|
3656 || (continue_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3657 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
|
3658 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
3659 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES))
|
|
|
3660 continue_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3661 }
|
|
|
3662
|
|
|
3663 if (curr_match->original & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
|
3664 continue_status |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
|
3665 else
|
|
|
3666 continue_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
|
3667
|
|
|
3668 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL)
|
|
|
3669 {
|
|
|
3670 if (curr_match->original & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
3671 {
|
|
|
3672 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original");
|
|
|
3673 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W;
|
|
|
3674 }
|
|
|
3675 else if (continue_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
|
3676 {
|
|
|
3677 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line");
|
|
|
3678 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
3679 }
|
|
|
3680 else if (curr_match->next == curr_match->prev)
|
|
|
3681 {
|
|
|
3682 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match");
|
|
|
3683 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
3684 }
|
|
|
3685 else
|
|
|
3686 {
|
|
|
3687 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */
|
|
|
3688 if (curr_match->number == -1)
|
|
|
3689 {
|
|
|
3690 int number = 0;
|
|
|
3691 struct Completion *match;
|
|
|
3692
|
|
|
3693 if (complete_direction == FORWARD)
|
|
|
3694 {
|
|
|
3695 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number.
|
|
|
3696 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop
|
|
|
3697 * cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
|
3698 for (match = curr_match->prev; match != NULL
|
|
|
3699 && match != first_match; match = match->prev)
|
|
|
3700 if (match->number != -1)
|
|
|
3701 {
|
|
|
3702 number = match->number;
|
|
|
3703 break;
|
|
|
3704 }
|
|
|
3705 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
3706 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned
|
|
|
3707 * yet */
|
|
|
3708 for (match = match->next; match
|
|
|
3709 && match->number == -1; match = match->next)
|
|
|
3710 match->number = ++number;
|
|
|
3711 }
|
|
|
3712 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
3713 {
|
|
|
3714 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1)
|
|
|
3715 * number. This should normally succeed already at the
|
|
|
3716 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
|
3717 for (match = curr_match->next; match != NULL
|
|
|
3718 && match != first_match; match = match->next)
|
|
|
3719 if (match->number != -1)
|
|
|
3720 {
|
|
|
3721 number = match->number;
|
|
|
3722 break;
|
|
|
3723 }
|
|
|
3724 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
3725 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not
|
|
|
3726 * assigned yet */
|
|
|
3727 for (match = match->prev; match
|
|
|
3728 && match->number == -1; match = match->prev)
|
|
|
3729 match->number = ++number;
|
|
|
3730 }
|
|
|
3731 }
|
|
|
3732
|
|
|
3733 /* The match should always have a sequnce number now, this is just
|
|
|
3734 * a safety check. */
|
|
|
3735 if (curr_match->number != -1)
|
|
|
3736 {
|
|
|
3737 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s */
|
|
|
3738 static char_u match_ref[31];
|
|
|
3739
|
|
|
3740 if (completion_matches > 0)
|
|
|
3741 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d of %d"),
|
|
|
3742 curr_match->number, completion_matches);
|
|
|
3743 else
|
|
|
3744 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d"), curr_match->number);
|
|
|
3745 STRNCPY(match_ref, IObuff, 30 );
|
|
|
3746 match_ref[30] = '\0';
|
|
|
3747 edit_submode_extra = match_ref;
|
|
|
3748 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R;
|
|
|
3749 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
3750 curs_columns(FALSE);
|
|
|
3751 }
|
|
|
3752 }
|
|
|
3753 }
|
|
|
3754
|
|
|
3755 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */
|
|
|
3756 showmode();
|
|
|
3757 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
|
|
|
3758 {
|
|
|
3759 if (!p_smd)
|
|
|
3760 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra,
|
|
|
3761 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT
|
|
|
3762 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0);
|
|
|
3763 }
|
|
|
3764 else
|
|
|
3765 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
3766
|
|
|
3767 return OK;
|
|
|
3768 }
|
|
|
3769
|
|
|
3770 /*
|
|
|
3771 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars.
|
|
|
3772 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with
|
|
|
3773 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated.
|
|
|
3774 * Returns the length (needed) of dest
|
|
|
3775 */
|
|
|
3776 static int
|
|
|
3777 quote_meta(dest, src, len)
|
|
|
3778 char_u *dest;
|
|
|
3779 char_u *src;
|
|
|
3780 int len;
|
|
|
3781 {
|
|
|
3782 int m;
|
|
|
3783
|
|
|
3784 for (m = len; --len >= 0; src++)
|
|
|
3785 {
|
|
|
3786 switch (*src)
|
|
|
3787 {
|
|
|
3788 case '.':
|
|
|
3789 case '*':
|
|
|
3790 case '[':
|
|
|
3791 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
3792 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
3793 break;
|
|
|
3794 case '~':
|
|
|
3795 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */
|
|
|
3796 break;
|
|
|
3797 case '\\':
|
|
|
3798 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
3799 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
3800 break;
|
|
|
3801 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */
|
|
|
3802 case '$':
|
|
|
3803 m++;
|
|
|
3804 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3805 *dest++ = '\\';
|
|
|
3806 break;
|
|
|
3807 }
|
|
|
3808 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3809 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
|
3810 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3811 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */
|
|
|
3812 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3813 {
|
|
|
3814 int i, mb_len;
|
|
|
3815
|
|
|
3816 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(src) - 1;
|
|
|
3817 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len)
|
|
|
3818 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i)
|
|
|
3819 {
|
|
|
3820 --len;
|
|
|
3821 ++src;
|
|
|
3822 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3823 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
|
3824 }
|
|
|
3825 }
|
|
|
3826 #endif
|
|
|
3827 }
|
|
|
3828 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3829 *dest = NUL;
|
|
|
3830
|
|
|
3831 return m;
|
|
|
3832 }
|
|
|
3833 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
3834
|
|
|
3835 /*
|
|
|
3836 * Next character is interpreted literally.
|
|
|
3837 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value.
|
|
|
3838 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc().
|
|
|
3839 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned.
|
|
|
3840 */
|
|
|
3841 int
|
|
|
3842 get_literal()
|
|
|
3843 {
|
|
|
3844 int cc;
|
|
|
3845 int nc;
|
|
|
3846 int i;
|
|
|
3847 int hex = FALSE;
|
|
|
3848 int octal = FALSE;
|
|
|
3849 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3850 int unicode = 0;
|
|
|
3851 #endif
|
|
|
3852
|
|
|
3853 if (got_int)
|
|
|
3854 return Ctrl_C;
|
|
|
3855
|
|
|
3856 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
3857 /*
|
|
|
3858 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key.
|
|
|
3859 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would
|
|
|
3860 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be
|
|
|
3861 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb
|
|
|
3862 */
|
|
|
3863 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
3864 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
3865 #endif
|
|
|
3866 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
3867 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
3868 #endif
|
|
|
3869 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
3870 cc = 0;
|
|
|
3871 i = 0;
|
|
|
3872 for (;;)
|
|
|
3873 {
|
|
|
3874 do
|
|
|
3875 nc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
3876 while (nc == K_IGNORE || nc == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
|
|
|
3877 || nc == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR);
|
|
|
3878 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
3879 if (!(State & CMDLINE)
|
|
|
3880 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3881 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1
|
|
|
3882 # endif
|
|
|
3883 )
|
|
|
3884 add_to_showcmd(nc);
|
|
|
3885 #endif
|
|
|
3886 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X')
|
|
|
3887 hex = TRUE;
|
|
|
3888 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O')
|
|
|
3889 octal = TRUE;
|
|
|
3890 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3891 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U')
|
|
|
3892 unicode = nc;
|
|
|
3893 #endif
|
|
|
3894 else
|
|
|
3895 {
|
|
|
3896 if (hex
|
|
|
3897 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3898 || unicode != 0
|
|
|
3899 #endif
|
|
|
3900 )
|
|
|
3901 {
|
|
|
3902 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc))
|
|
|
3903 break;
|
|
|
3904 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc);
|
|
|
3905 }
|
|
|
3906 else if (octal)
|
|
|
3907 {
|
|
|
3908 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7')
|
|
|
3909 break;
|
|
|
3910 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
3911 }
|
|
|
3912 else
|
|
|
3913 {
|
|
|
3914 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc))
|
|
|
3915 break;
|
|
|
3916 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
3917 }
|
|
|
3918
|
|
|
3919 ++i;
|
|
|
3920 }
|
|
|
3921
|
|
|
3922 if (cc > 255
|
|
|
3923 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3924 && unicode == 0
|
|
|
3925 #endif
|
|
|
3926 )
|
|
|
3927 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */
|
|
|
3928 nc = 0;
|
|
|
3929
|
|
|
3930 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */
|
|
|
3931 {
|
|
|
3932 if (i >= 2)
|
|
|
3933 break;
|
|
|
3934 }
|
|
|
3935 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3936 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */
|
|
|
3937 {
|
|
|
3938 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8))
|
|
|
3939 break;
|
|
|
3940 }
|
|
|
3941 #endif
|
|
|
3942 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */
|
|
|
3943 break;
|
|
|
3944 }
|
|
|
3945 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */
|
|
|
3946 {
|
|
|
3947 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
3948 {
|
|
|
3949 cc = '\n';
|
|
|
3950 nc = 0;
|
|
|
3951 }
|
|
|
3952 else
|
|
|
3953 {
|
|
|
3954 cc = nc;
|
|
|
3955 nc = 0;
|
|
|
3956 }
|
|
|
3957 }
|
|
|
3958
|
|
|
3959 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
3960 cc = '\n';
|
|
|
3961
|
|
|
3962 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
3963 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
3964 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
3965 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
3966 #endif
|
|
|
3967 if (nc)
|
|
|
3968 vungetc(nc);
|
|
|
3969 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */
|
|
|
3970 return cc;
|
|
|
3971 }
|
|
|
3972
|
|
|
3973 /*
|
|
|
3974 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask
|
|
|
3975 */
|
|
|
3976 static void
|
|
|
3977 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv)
|
|
|
3978 int c;
|
|
|
3979 int allow_modmask;
|
|
|
3980 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */
|
|
|
3981 {
|
|
|
3982 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3983 int len;
|
|
|
3984
|
|
|
3985 /*
|
|
|
3986 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is
|
|
|
3987 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace
|
|
|
3988 * mode.
|
|
|
3989 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>,
|
|
|
3990 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE.
|
|
|
3991 */
|
|
|
3992 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
3993 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */
|
|
|
3994 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD)
|
|
|
3995 allow_modmask = TRUE;
|
|
|
3996 #endif
|
|
|
3997 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask))
|
|
|
3998 {
|
|
|
3999 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask);
|
|
|
4000 len = (int)STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
4001 c = p[len - 1];
|
|
|
4002 if (len > 2)
|
|
|
4003 {
|
|
|
4004 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
4005 return;
|
|
|
4006 p[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
4007 ins_str(p);
|
|
|
4008 AppendToRedobuffLit(p);
|
|
|
4009 ctrlv = FALSE;
|
|
|
4010 }
|
|
|
4011 }
|
|
|
4012 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
4013 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1);
|
|
|
4014 }
|
|
|
4015
|
|
|
4016 /*
|
|
|
4017 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other
|
|
|
4018 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC
|
|
|
4019 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to
|
|
|
4020 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by
|
|
|
4021 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should
|
|
|
4022 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism.
|
|
|
4023 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D.
|
|
|
4024 */
|
|
|
4025 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
4026 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
4027 #else
|
|
|
4028 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
4029 #endif
|
|
|
4030
|
|
|
4031 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4032 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1))))
|
|
|
4033 #else
|
|
|
4034 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc)
|
|
|
4035 #endif
|
|
|
4036
|
|
|
4037 void
|
|
|
4038 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent)
|
|
|
4039 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */
|
|
|
4040 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */
|
|
|
4041 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */
|
|
|
4042 {
|
|
|
4043 int haveto_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
4044 int textwidth;
|
|
|
4045 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4046 colnr_T leader_len;
|
|
|
4047 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4048 int no_leader = FALSE;
|
|
|
4049 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM);
|
|
|
4050 #endif
|
|
|
4051 int fo_white_par;
|
|
|
4052 int first_line = TRUE;
|
|
|
4053 int fo_ins_blank;
|
|
|
4054 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4055 int fo_multibyte;
|
|
|
4056 #endif
|
|
|
4057 int save_char = NUL;
|
|
|
4058 int cc;
|
|
|
4059
|
|
|
4060 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT);
|
|
|
4061 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
|
|
|
4062 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4063 fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK);
|
|
|
4064 #endif
|
|
|
4065 fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR);
|
|
|
4066
|
|
|
4067 /*
|
|
|
4068 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when:
|
|
|
4069 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only.
|
|
|
4070 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line
|
|
|
4071 * ends in white space.
|
|
|
4072 * - Otherwise:
|
|
|
4073 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank
|
|
|
4074 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless
|
|
|
4075 * we're in VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
4076 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started
|
|
|
4077 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long
|
|
|
4078 * before the insert.
|
|
|
4079 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or
|
|
|
4080 * before 'textwidth'
|
|
|
4081 */
|
|
|
4082 if (textwidth
|
|
|
4083 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4084 || (!vim_iswhite(c)
|
|
|
4085 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4086 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4087 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4088 #endif
|
|
|
4089 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
4090 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
4091 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG)
|
|
|
4092 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4093 && (!fo_ins_blank
|
|
|
4094 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth
|
|
|
4095 ))))))
|
|
|
4096 {
|
|
|
4097 /*
|
|
|
4098 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be
|
|
|
4099 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily.
|
|
|
4100 */
|
|
|
4101 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
4102 {
|
|
|
4103 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4104 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
4105 {
|
|
|
4106 save_char = cc;
|
|
|
4107 pchar_cursor('x');
|
|
|
4108 }
|
|
|
4109 }
|
|
|
4110
|
|
|
4111 /*
|
|
|
4112 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long.
|
|
|
4113 */
|
|
|
4114 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
4115 {
|
|
|
4116 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */
|
|
|
4117 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */
|
|
|
4118 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */
|
|
|
4119 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */
|
|
|
4120 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
4121 colnr_T virtcol;
|
|
|
4122 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4123 int orig_col = 0;
|
|
|
4124 char_u *saved_text = NULL;
|
|
|
4125 #endif
|
|
|
4126 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
4127
|
|
|
4128 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
4129 if (virtcol < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4130 break;
|
|
|
4131
|
|
|
4132 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4133 if (no_leader)
|
|
|
4134 do_comments = FALSE;
|
|
|
4135 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4136 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS))
|
|
|
4137 do_comments = TRUE;
|
|
|
4138
|
|
|
4139 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
4140 if (do_comments)
|
|
|
4141 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
4142 else
|
|
|
4143 leader_len = 0;
|
|
|
4144
|
|
|
4145 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't
|
|
|
4146 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word
|
|
|
4147 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines
|
|
|
4148 * to start with %. */
|
|
|
4149 if (leader_len == 0)
|
|
|
4150 no_leader = TRUE;
|
|
|
4151 #endif
|
|
|
4152 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4153 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4154 && leader_len == 0
|
|
|
4155 #endif
|
|
|
4156 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP))
|
|
|
4157
|
|
|
4158 {
|
|
|
4159 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
4160 break;
|
|
|
4161 }
|
|
|
4162 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0)
|
|
|
4163 break;
|
|
|
4164
|
|
|
4165 /* find column of textwidth border */
|
|
|
4166 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth);
|
|
|
4167 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4168
|
|
|
4169 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol - 1;
|
|
|
4170 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4171 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
4172 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4173 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
4174 #endif
|
|
|
4175 foundcol = 0;
|
|
|
4176
|
|
|
4177 /*
|
|
|
4178 * Find position to break at.
|
|
|
4179 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v'
|
|
|
4180 */
|
|
|
4181 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI))
|
|
|
4182 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
4183 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
4184 {
|
|
|
4185 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4186 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4187 {
|
|
|
4188 /* remember position of blank just before text */
|
|
|
4189 end_foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4190
|
|
|
4191 /* find start of sequence of blanks */
|
|
|
4192 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4193 {
|
|
|
4194 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4195 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4196 }
|
|
|
4197 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4198 break; /* only spaces in front of text */
|
|
|
4199 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4200 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
4201 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
|
|
|
4202 break;
|
|
|
4203 #endif
|
|
|
4204 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
|
4205 {
|
|
|
4206 /* do not break after one-letter words */
|
|
|
4207 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
4208 break; /* one-letter word at begin */
|
|
|
4209
|
|
|
4210 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4211 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4212 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4213
|
|
|
4214 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4215 continue; /* one-letter, continue */
|
|
|
4216 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
4217 }
|
|
|
4218 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4219 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4220 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
4221 + (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
4222 else
|
|
|
4223 #endif
|
|
|
4224 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1;
|
|
|
4225 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4226 break;
|
|
|
4227 }
|
|
|
4228 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4229 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte
|
|
|
4230 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4231 {
|
|
|
4232 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
4233 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4234 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4235 foundcol += (*mb_char2len)(cc);
|
|
|
4236 end_foundcol = foundcol;
|
|
|
4237 break;
|
|
|
4238 }
|
|
|
4239 #endif
|
|
|
4240 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
4241 break;
|
|
|
4242 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4243 }
|
|
|
4244
|
|
|
4245 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */
|
|
|
4246 {
|
|
|
4247 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
|
|
|
4248 break;
|
|
|
4249 }
|
|
|
4250
|
|
|
4251 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */
|
|
|
4252 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
4253
|
|
|
4254 /*
|
|
|
4255 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace
|
|
|
4256 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces
|
|
|
4257 * over the text instead.
|
|
|
4258 */
|
|
|
4259 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4260 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4261 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */
|
|
|
4262 else
|
|
|
4263 #endif
|
|
|
4264 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol - 1;
|
|
|
4265
|
|
|
4266 /*
|
|
|
4267 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and
|
|
|
4268 * characters that will remain on top line
|
|
|
4269 */
|
|
|
4270 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
4271 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4272 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
4273 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4274 if (startcol < 0)
|
|
|
4275 startcol = 0;
|
|
|
4276
|
|
|
4277 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4278 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4279 {
|
|
|
4280 /*
|
|
|
4281 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be
|
|
|
4282 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line.
|
|
|
4283 */
|
|
|
4284 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
4285 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
4286 if (saved_text == NULL)
|
|
|
4287 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */
|
|
|
4288 saved_text[startcol] = NUL;
|
|
|
4289
|
|
|
4290 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */
|
|
|
4291 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
4292 backspace_until_column(foundcol);
|
|
|
4293 }
|
|
|
4294 else
|
|
|
4295 #endif
|
|
|
4296 {
|
|
|
4297 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */
|
|
|
4298 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
4299 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
4300 }
|
|
|
4301
|
|
|
4302 /*
|
|
|
4303 * Split the line just before the margin.
|
|
|
4304 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window.
|
|
|
4305 */
|
|
|
4306 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX
|
|
|
4307 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0)
|
|
|
4308 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4309 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0)
|
|
|
4310 #endif
|
|
|
4311 , old_indent);
|
|
|
4312 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
4313
|
|
|
4314 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
4315 if (first_line)
|
|
|
4316 {
|
|
|
4317 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER))
|
|
|
4318 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1);
|
|
|
4319 if (second_indent >= 0)
|
|
|
4320 {
|
|
|
4321 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4322 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4323 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
4324 else
|
|
|
4325 #endif
|
|
|
4326 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
4327 }
|
|
|
4328 first_line = FALSE;
|
|
|
4329 }
|
|
|
4330
|
|
|
4331 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4332 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4333 {
|
|
|
4334 /*
|
|
|
4335 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be
|
|
|
4336 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line.
|
|
|
4337 */
|
|
|
4338 ins_bytes(saved_text);
|
|
|
4339 vim_free(saved_text);
|
|
|
4340 }
|
|
|
4341 else
|
|
|
4342 #endif
|
|
|
4343 {
|
|
|
4344 /*
|
|
|
4345 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent
|
|
|
4346 * may have added or removed indent.
|
|
|
4347 */
|
|
|
4348 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol;
|
|
|
4349 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4350 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len)
|
|
|
4351 curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
|
|
|
4352 }
|
|
|
4353
|
|
|
4354 haveto_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
4355 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
4356 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
4357 #endif
|
|
|
4358 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */
|
|
|
4359 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4360 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4361 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4362 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4363 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4364 #endif
|
|
|
4365 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
4366 }
|
|
|
4367
|
|
|
4368 if (save_char) /* put back space after cursor */
|
|
|
4369 pchar_cursor(save_char);
|
|
|
4370
|
|
|
4371 if (c == NUL) /* formatting only */
|
|
|
4372 return;
|
|
|
4373 if (haveto_redraw)
|
|
|
4374 {
|
|
|
4375 update_topline();
|
|
|
4376 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
|
|
|
4377 }
|
|
|
4378 }
|
|
|
4379 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */
|
|
|
4380 return;
|
|
|
4381
|
|
|
4382 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4383 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */
|
|
|
4384 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
4385 {
|
|
|
4386 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4387 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
|
4388 int middle_len, end_len;
|
|
|
4389 int i;
|
|
|
4390
|
|
|
4391 /*
|
|
|
4392 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end
|
|
|
4393 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find.
|
|
|
4394 */
|
|
|
4395 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE);
|
|
|
4396 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */
|
|
|
4397 {
|
|
|
4398 /* Skip middle-comment string */
|
|
|
4399 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
|
|
|
4400 ++p;
|
|
|
4401 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
4402 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */
|
|
|
4403 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1]))
|
|
|
4404 --middle_len;
|
|
|
4405
|
|
|
4406 /* Find the end-comment string */
|
|
|
4407 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
|
|
|
4408 ++p;
|
|
|
4409 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
4410
|
|
|
4411 /* Skip white space before the cursor */
|
|
|
4412 i = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4413 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]))
|
|
|
4414 ;
|
|
|
4415 i++;
|
|
|
4416
|
|
|
4417 /* Skip to before the middle leader */
|
|
|
4418 i -= middle_len;
|
|
|
4419
|
|
|
4420 /* Check some expected things before we go on */
|
|
|
4421 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
4422 {
|
|
|
4423 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */
|
|
|
4424 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
4425
|
|
|
4426 /*
|
|
|
4427 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last
|
|
|
4428 * character, which will get inserted as normal later.
|
|
|
4429 */
|
|
|
4430 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1);
|
|
|
4431 }
|
|
|
4432 }
|
|
|
4433 }
|
|
|
4434 end_comment_pending = NUL;
|
|
|
4435 #endif
|
|
|
4436
|
|
|
4437 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4438 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4439 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4440 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4441 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4442 #endif
|
|
|
4443
|
|
|
4444 /*
|
|
|
4445 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once.
|
|
|
4446 * This speeds up normal text input considerably.
|
|
|
4447 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might
|
|
|
4448 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what
|
|
|
4449 * 'paste' is set)..
|
|
|
4450 */
|
|
|
4451 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
4452 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
4453 #endif
|
|
|
4454
|
|
|
4455 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
4456 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4457 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1)
|
|
|
4458 #endif
|
|
|
4459 && vpeekc() != NUL
|
|
|
4460 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4461 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
4462 && !cindent_on()
|
|
|
4463 #endif
|
|
|
4464 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4465 && !p_ri
|
|
|
4466 #endif
|
|
|
4467 )
|
|
|
4468 {
|
|
|
4469 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100
|
|
|
4470 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1];
|
|
|
4471 int i;
|
|
|
4472 colnr_T virtcol = 0;
|
|
|
4473
|
|
|
4474 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
4475 i = 1;
|
|
|
4476 if (textwidth)
|
|
|
4477 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
4478 /*
|
|
|
4479 * Stop the string when:
|
|
|
4480 * - no more chars available
|
|
|
4481 * - finding a special character (command key)
|
|
|
4482 * - buffer is full
|
|
|
4483 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary
|
|
|
4484 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char
|
|
|
4485 */
|
|
|
4486 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL
|
|
|
4487 && !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
4488 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4489 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1)
|
|
|
4490 #endif
|
|
|
4491 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN
|
|
|
4492 && (textwidth == 0
|
|
|
4493 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4494 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1])))
|
|
|
4495 {
|
|
|
4496 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4497 c = vgetc();
|
|
|
4498 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
4499 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
4500 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
4501 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
4502 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
4503 # endif
|
|
|
4504 buf[i++] = c;
|
|
|
4505 #else
|
|
|
4506 buf[i++] = vgetc();
|
|
|
4507 #endif
|
|
|
4508 }
|
|
|
4509
|
|
|
4510 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
4511 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
4512 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */
|
|
|
4513 #endif
|
|
|
4514 buf[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
4515 ins_str(buf);
|
|
|
4516 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
4517 {
|
|
|
4518 redo_literal(*buf);
|
|
|
4519 i = 1;
|
|
|
4520 }
|
|
|
4521 else
|
|
|
4522 i = 0;
|
|
|
4523 if (buf[i] != NUL)
|
|
|
4524 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i);
|
|
|
4525 }
|
|
|
4526 else
|
|
|
4527 {
|
|
|
4528 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4529 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
|
4530 {
|
|
|
4531 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
4532
|
|
|
4533 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
4534 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
|
4535 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
|
4536 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
4537 }
|
|
|
4538 else
|
|
|
4539 #endif
|
|
|
4540 {
|
|
|
4541 ins_char(c);
|
|
|
4542 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
4543 redo_literal(c);
|
|
|
4544 else
|
|
|
4545 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
4546 }
|
|
|
4547 }
|
|
|
4548 }
|
|
|
4549
|
|
|
4550 /*
|
|
|
4551 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the
|
|
|
4552 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph.
|
|
|
4553 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text.
|
|
|
4554 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be
|
|
|
4555 * saved here.
|
|
|
4556 */
|
|
|
4557 void
|
|
|
4558 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line)
|
|
|
4559 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */
|
|
|
4560 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */
|
|
|
4561 {
|
|
|
4562 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
4563 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
4564 char_u *old;
|
|
|
4565 char_u *new, *pnew;
|
|
|
4566 int wasatend;
|
|
|
4567
|
|
|
4568 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
|
4569 return;
|
|
|
4570
|
|
|
4571 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4572 old = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
4573
|
|
|
4574 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
4575 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
4576
|
|
|
4577 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the
|
|
|
4578 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is
|
|
|
4579 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor.
|
|
|
4580 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white
|
|
|
4581 * next they are not joined back together. */
|
|
|
4582 wasatend = (pos.col == STRLEN(old));
|
|
|
4583 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend)
|
|
|
4584 {
|
|
|
4585 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4586 if (!WHITECHAR(gchar_cursor())
|
|
|
4587 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
|
|
|
4588 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
|
4589 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4590 if (WHITECHAR(gchar_cursor()))
|
|
|
4591 {
|
|
|
4592 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
4593 return;
|
|
|
4594 }
|
|
|
4595 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
4596 }
|
|
|
4597
|
|
|
4598 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4599 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format
|
|
|
4600 * comments. */
|
|
|
4601 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)
|
|
|
4602 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0)
|
|
|
4603 return;
|
|
|
4604 #endif
|
|
|
4605
|
|
|
4606 /*
|
|
|
4607 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is
|
|
|
4608 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not
|
|
|
4609 * the start of a paragraph.
|
|
|
4610 */
|
|
|
4611 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
4612 {
|
|
|
4613 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
4614 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL)
|
|
|
4615 return;
|
|
|
4616 }
|
|
|
4617
|
|
|
4618 /*
|
|
|
4619 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will
|
|
|
4620 * be adjusted for the text formatting.
|
|
|
4621 */
|
|
|
4622 saved_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
4623 format_lines((linenr_T)-1);
|
|
|
4624 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor;
|
|
|
4625 saved_cursor.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
4626
|
|
|
4627 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
4628 {
|
|
|
4629 /* "cannot happen" */
|
|
|
4630 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
4631 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
4632 }
|
|
|
4633 else
|
|
|
4634 check_cursor_col();
|
|
|
4635
|
|
|
4636 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it
|
|
|
4637 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we
|
|
|
4638 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph
|
|
|
4639 * formatted. */
|
|
|
4640 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
4641 {
|
|
|
4642 new = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
4643 len = STRLEN(new);
|
|
|
4644 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len)
|
|
|
4645 {
|
|
|
4646 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2);
|
|
|
4647 pnew[len] = ' ';
|
|
|
4648 pnew[len + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
4649 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE);
|
|
|
4650 /* remove the space later */
|
|
|
4651 did_add_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
4652 }
|
|
|
4653 else
|
|
|
4654 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
4655 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
4656 }
|
|
|
4657
|
|
|
4658 check_cursor();
|
|
|
4659 }
|
|
|
4660
|
|
|
4661 /*
|
|
|
4662 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting,
|
|
|
4663 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert
|
|
|
4664 * position.
|
|
|
4665 */
|
|
|
4666 static void
|
|
|
4667 check_auto_format(end_insert)
|
|
|
4668 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */
|
|
|
4669 {
|
|
|
4670 int c = ' ';
|
|
|
4671
|
|
|
4672 if (did_add_space)
|
|
|
4673 {
|
|
|
4674 if (!WHITECHAR(gchar_cursor()))
|
|
|
4675 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */
|
|
|
4676 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
4677 else
|
|
|
4678 {
|
|
|
4679 if (!end_insert)
|
|
|
4680 {
|
|
|
4681 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
4682 c = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4683 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4684 }
|
|
|
4685 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
4686 {
|
|
|
4687 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */
|
|
|
4688 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
4689 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
4690 }
|
|
|
4691 }
|
|
|
4692 }
|
|
|
4693 }
|
|
|
4694
|
|
|
4695 /*
|
|
|
4696 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting:
|
|
|
4697 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it
|
|
|
4698 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin'
|
|
|
4699 * if invalid value, use 0.
|
|
|
4700 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator.
|
|
|
4701 */
|
|
|
4702 int
|
|
|
4703 comp_textwidth(ff)
|
|
|
4704 int ff; /* force formatting (for "Q" command) */
|
|
|
4705 {
|
|
|
4706 int textwidth;
|
|
|
4707
|
|
|
4708 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
4709 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm)
|
|
|
4710 {
|
|
|
4711 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the
|
|
|
4712 * things that add to the margin. */
|
|
|
4713 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm;
|
|
|
4714 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
4715 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
4716 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
4717 #endif
|
|
|
4718 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
4719 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc;
|
|
|
4720 #endif
|
|
|
4721 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
|
|
|
4722 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
|
|
|
4723 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
4724 || usingNetbeans
|
|
|
4725 # endif
|
|
|
4726 )
|
|
|
4727 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
4728 #endif
|
|
|
4729 if (curwin->w_p_nu)
|
|
|
4730 textwidth -= 8;
|
|
|
4731 }
|
|
|
4732 if (textwidth < 0)
|
|
|
4733 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
4734 if (ff && textwidth == 0)
|
|
|
4735 {
|
|
|
4736 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1;
|
|
|
4737 if (textwidth > 79)
|
|
|
4738 textwidth = 79;
|
|
|
4739 }
|
|
|
4740 return textwidth;
|
|
|
4741 }
|
|
|
4742
|
|
|
4743 /*
|
|
|
4744 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V.
|
|
|
4745 */
|
|
|
4746 static void
|
|
|
4747 redo_literal(c)
|
|
|
4748 int c;
|
|
|
4749 {
|
|
|
4750 char_u buf[10];
|
|
|
4751
|
|
|
4752 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of
|
|
|
4753 * three digits. */
|
|
|
4754 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
|
|
|
4755 {
|
|
|
4756 sprintf((char *)buf, "%03d", c);
|
|
|
4757 AppendToRedobuff(buf);
|
|
|
4758 }
|
|
|
4759 else
|
|
|
4760 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
4761 }
|
|
|
4762
|
|
|
4763 /*
|
|
|
4764 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode.
|
|
|
4765 * It resembles hitting the <ESC> key.
|
|
|
4766 */
|
|
|
4767 static void
|
|
|
4768 start_arrow(end_insert_pos)
|
|
|
4769 pos_T *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
4770 {
|
|
|
4771 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */
|
|
|
4772 {
|
|
|
4773 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR);
|
|
|
4774 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE);
|
|
|
4775 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */
|
|
|
4776 }
|
|
|
4777 }
|
|
|
4778
|
|
|
4779 /*
|
|
|
4780 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode.
|
|
|
4781 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion.
|
|
|
4782 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then.
|
|
|
4783 */
|
|
|
4784 int
|
|
|
4785 stop_arrow()
|
|
|
4786 {
|
|
|
4787 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
4788 {
|
|
|
4789 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
4790 {
|
|
|
4791 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
4792 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
4793 }
|
|
|
4794 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */
|
|
|
4795 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4796 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
4797 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4798 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4799 {
|
|
|
4800 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
4801 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
4802 }
|
|
|
4803 #endif
|
|
|
4804 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
4805 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */
|
|
|
4806 }
|
|
|
4807 else if (ins_need_undo)
|
|
|
4808 {
|
|
|
4809 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
4810 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
4811 }
|
|
|
4812
|
|
|
4813 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
4814 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */
|
|
|
4815 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
4816 #endif
|
|
|
4817
|
|
|
4818 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK);
|
|
|
4819 }
|
|
|
4820
|
|
|
4821 /*
|
|
|
4822 * do a few things to stop inserting
|
|
|
4823 */
|
|
|
4824 static void
|
|
|
4825 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc)
|
|
|
4826 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* where insert ended */
|
|
|
4827 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */
|
|
|
4828 {
|
|
|
4829 int cc;
|
|
|
4830
|
|
|
4831 stop_redo_ins();
|
|
|
4832 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */
|
|
|
4833
|
|
|
4834 /*
|
|
|
4835 * save the inserted text for later redo with ^@
|
|
|
4836 */
|
|
|
4837 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
4838 last_insert = get_inserted();
|
|
|
4839 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip;
|
|
|
4840
|
|
|
4841 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
4842 {
|
|
|
4843 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an
|
|
|
4844 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending
|
|
|
4845 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something
|
|
|
4846 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */
|
|
10
|
4847 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
7
|
4848 {
|
|
10
|
4849 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4850
|
|
7
|
4851 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the
|
|
|
4852 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by
|
|
|
4853 * moving the cursor onto the space. */
|
|
|
4854 cc = 'x';
|
|
|
4855 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
4856 {
|
|
|
4857 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4858 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4859 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
10
|
4860 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
7
|
4861 }
|
|
|
4862
|
|
|
4863 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
4864
|
|
10
|
4865 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
4866 {
|
|
|
4867 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
4868 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
4869 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
4870 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep
|
|
|
4871 * the "coladd". */
|
|
|
4872 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
|
4873 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum
|
|
|
4874 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col)
|
|
|
4875 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd;
|
|
|
4876 #endif
|
|
|
4877 }
|
|
7
|
4878 }
|
|
|
4879
|
|
|
4880 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */
|
|
|
4881 check_auto_format(TRUE);
|
|
|
4882
|
|
|
4883 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end
|
|
10
|
4884 * of the line, and put the cursor back.
|
|
|
4885 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. */
|
|
|
4886 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL
|
|
|
4887 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)))
|
|
7
|
4888 {
|
|
10
|
4889 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4890
|
|
|
4891 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
7
|
4892 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
4893 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4894 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
4895 (void)del_char(TRUE);
|
|
10
|
4896 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum)
|
|
|
4897 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
|
4898 else if (cc != NUL)
|
|
7
|
4899 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */
|
|
|
4900
|
|
|
4901 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
4902 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for
|
|
|
4903 * deleted characters. */
|
|
|
4904 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
|
4905 {
|
|
|
4906 cc = STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4907 if (VIsual.col > (colnr_T)cc)
|
|
|
4908 {
|
|
|
4909 VIsual.col = cc;
|
|
|
4910 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
4911 VIsual.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
4912 # endif
|
|
|
4913 }
|
|
|
4914 }
|
|
|
4915 #endif
|
|
|
4916 }
|
|
|
4917 }
|
|
|
4918 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4919 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4920 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4921 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4922 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4923 #endif
|
|
|
4924
|
|
|
4925 /* set '[ and '] to the inserted text */
|
|
|
4926 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart;
|
|
|
4927 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
4928 }
|
|
|
4929
|
|
|
4930 /*
|
|
|
4931 * Set the last inserted text to a single character.
|
|
|
4932 * Used for the replace command.
|
|
|
4933 */
|
|
|
4934 void
|
|
|
4935 set_last_insert(c)
|
|
|
4936 int c;
|
|
|
4937 {
|
|
|
4938 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4939
|
|
|
4940 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
4941 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4942 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5);
|
|
|
4943 #else
|
|
|
4944 last_insert = alloc(6);
|
|
|
4945 #endif
|
|
|
4946 if (last_insert != NULL)
|
|
|
4947 {
|
|
|
4948 s = last_insert;
|
|
|
4949 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */
|
|
|
4950 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL)
|
|
|
4951 *s++ = Ctrl_V;
|
|
|
4952 s = add_char2buf(c, s);
|
|
|
4953 *s++ = ESC;
|
|
|
4954 *s++ = NUL;
|
|
|
4955 last_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
4956 }
|
|
|
4957 }
|
|
|
4958
|
|
|
4959 /*
|
|
|
4960 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL
|
|
|
4961 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
4962 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes.
|
|
|
4963 */
|
|
|
4964 char_u *
|
|
|
4965 add_char2buf(c, s)
|
|
|
4966 int c;
|
|
|
4967 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4968 {
|
|
|
4969 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4970 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
4971 int i;
|
|
|
4972 int len;
|
|
|
4973
|
|
|
4974 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp);
|
|
|
4975 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
4976 {
|
|
|
4977 c = temp[i];
|
|
|
4978 #endif
|
|
|
4979 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */
|
|
|
4980 if (c == K_SPECIAL)
|
|
|
4981 {
|
|
|
4982 *s++ = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
4983 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
4984 *s++ = KE_FILLER;
|
|
|
4985 }
|
|
|
4986 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
4987 else if (c == CSI)
|
|
|
4988 {
|
|
|
4989 *s++ = CSI;
|
|
|
4990 *s++ = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
4991 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI;
|
|
|
4992 }
|
|
|
4993 #endif
|
|
|
4994 else
|
|
|
4995 *s++ = c;
|
|
|
4996 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4997 }
|
|
|
4998 #endif
|
|
|
4999 return s;
|
|
|
5000 }
|
|
|
5001
|
|
|
5002 /*
|
|
|
5003 * move cursor to start of line
|
|
|
5004 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white
|
|
|
5005 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set,
|
|
|
5006 * otherwise keep "curswant" column
|
|
|
5007 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL.
|
|
|
5008 */
|
|
|
5009 void
|
|
|
5010 beginline(flags)
|
|
|
5011 int flags;
|
|
|
5012 {
|
|
|
5013 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol)
|
|
|
5014 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5015 else
|
|
|
5016 {
|
|
|
5017 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
5018 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5019 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5020 #endif
|
|
|
5021
|
|
|
5022 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL))
|
|
|
5023 {
|
|
|
5024 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5025
|
|
|
5026 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr)
|
|
|
5027 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr)
|
|
|
5028 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5029 }
|
|
|
5030 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5031 }
|
|
|
5032 }
|
|
|
5033
|
|
|
5034 /*
|
|
|
5035 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up
|
|
|
5036 *
|
|
|
5037 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}.
|
|
|
5038 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line.
|
|
|
5039 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary.
|
|
|
5040 */
|
|
|
5041
|
|
|
5042 int
|
|
|
5043 oneright()
|
|
|
5044 {
|
|
|
5045 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5046 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5047 int l;
|
|
|
5048 #endif
|
|
|
5049
|
|
|
5050 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5051 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
5052 {
|
|
|
5053 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5054
|
|
|
5055 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */
|
|
|
5056 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5057 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
5058 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5059 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
5060 #else
|
|
|
5061 *ptr
|
|
|
5062 #endif
|
|
|
5063 ))
|
|
|
5064 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1));
|
|
|
5065 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5066 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */
|
|
|
5067 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
5068 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
|
5069 }
|
|
|
5070 #endif
|
|
|
5071
|
|
|
5072 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5073 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5074 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr)) > 1)
|
|
|
5075 {
|
|
|
5076 /* The character under the cursor is a multi-byte character, move
|
|
|
5077 * several bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL. */
|
|
|
5078 if (ptr[l] == NUL)
|
|
|
5079 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5080 curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
|
|
|
5081 }
|
|
|
5082 else
|
|
|
5083 #endif
|
|
|
5084 {
|
|
|
5085 if (*ptr++ == NUL || *ptr == NUL)
|
|
|
5086 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5087 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5088 }
|
|
|
5089
|
|
|
5090 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5091 return OK;
|
|
|
5092 }
|
|
|
5093
|
|
|
5094 int
|
|
|
5095 oneleft()
|
|
|
5096 {
|
|
|
5097 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5098 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
5099 {
|
|
|
5100 int width;
|
|
|
5101 int v = getviscol();
|
|
|
5102
|
|
|
5103 if (v == 0)
|
|
|
5104 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5105
|
|
|
5106 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
5107 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */
|
|
|
5108 width = 1;
|
|
|
5109 for (;;)
|
|
|
5110 {
|
|
|
5111 coladvance(v - width);
|
|
|
5112 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and
|
|
|
5113 * there are no multi-byte characters */
|
|
|
5114 if ((*p_sbr == NUL
|
|
|
5115 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5116 && !has_mbyte
|
|
|
5117 # endif
|
|
|
5118 ) || getviscol() < v)
|
|
|
5119 break;
|
|
|
5120 ++width;
|
|
|
5121 }
|
|
|
5122 # else
|
|
|
5123 coladvance(v - 1);
|
|
|
5124 # endif
|
|
|
5125
|
|
|
5126 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1)
|
|
|
5127 {
|
|
|
5128 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5129
|
|
|
5130 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */
|
|
|
5131 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5132 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
5133 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5134 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
5135 # else
|
|
|
5136 *ptr
|
|
|
5137 # endif
|
|
|
5138 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1)
|
|
|
5139 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5140 }
|
|
|
5141
|
|
|
5142 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5143 return OK;
|
|
|
5144 }
|
|
|
5145 #endif
|
|
|
5146
|
|
|
5147 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
5148 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5149
|
|
|
5150 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5151 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5152
|
|
|
5153 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5154 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte
|
|
|
5155 * character, move to its first byte */
|
|
|
5156 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5157 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
5158 #endif
|
|
|
5159 return OK;
|
|
|
5160 }
|
|
|
5161
|
|
|
5162 int
|
|
|
5163 cursor_up(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
5164 long n;
|
|
|
5165 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
5166 {
|
|
|
5167 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5168
|
|
|
5169 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
5170 {
|
|
|
5171 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
161
|
5172 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count
|
|
|
5173 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
5174 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
5175 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5176 if (n >= lnum)
|
|
|
5177 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
5178 else
|
|
|
5179 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5180 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
5181 {
|
|
|
5182 /*
|
|
|
5183 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line.
|
|
|
5184 */
|
|
|
5185 /* go to the the start of the current fold */
|
|
|
5186 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
5187
|
|
|
5188 while (n--)
|
|
|
5189 {
|
|
|
5190 /* move up one line */
|
|
|
5191 --lnum;
|
|
|
5192 if (lnum <= 1)
|
|
|
5193 break;
|
|
|
5194 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in
|
|
|
5195 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open
|
|
|
5196 * in a moment. */
|
|
|
5197 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL)))
|
|
|
5198 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
5199 }
|
|
|
5200 if (lnum < 1)
|
|
|
5201 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
5202 }
|
|
|
5203 else
|
|
|
5204 #endif
|
|
|
5205 lnum -= n;
|
|
|
5206 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5207 }
|
|
|
5208
|
|
|
5209 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
5210 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5211
|
|
|
5212 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
5213 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
5214
|
|
|
5215 return OK;
|
|
|
5216 }
|
|
|
5217
|
|
|
5218 /*
|
|
|
5219 * Cursor down a number of logical lines.
|
|
|
5220 */
|
|
|
5221 int
|
|
|
5222 cursor_down(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
5223 long n;
|
|
|
5224 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
5225 {
|
|
|
5226 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5227
|
|
|
5228 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
5229 {
|
|
|
5230 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
5231 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5232 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */
|
|
|
5233 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum);
|
|
|
5234 #endif
|
|
161
|
5235 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move
|
|
|
5236 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
5237 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
5238 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
5239 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
5240 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5241 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5242 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5243 else
|
|
|
5244 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5245 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
5246 {
|
|
|
5247 linenr_T last;
|
|
|
5248
|
|
|
5249 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */
|
|
|
5250 while (n--)
|
|
|
5251 {
|
|
|
5252 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last))
|
|
|
5253 lnum = last + 1;
|
|
|
5254 else
|
|
|
5255 ++lnum;
|
|
|
5256 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5257 break;
|
|
|
5258 }
|
|
|
5259 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5260 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5261 }
|
|
|
5262 else
|
|
|
5263 #endif
|
|
|
5264 lnum += n;
|
|
|
5265 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5266 }
|
|
|
5267
|
|
|
5268 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
5269 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5270
|
|
|
5271 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
5272 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
5273
|
|
|
5274 return OK;
|
|
|
5275 }
|
|
|
5276
|
|
|
5277 /*
|
|
|
5278 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer.
|
|
|
5279 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we
|
|
|
5280 * first have to remove the command.
|
|
|
5281 */
|
|
|
5282 int
|
|
|
5283 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc)
|
|
|
5284 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */
|
|
|
5285 long count; /* Repeat this many times */
|
|
|
5286 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */
|
|
|
5287 {
|
|
|
5288 char_u *esc_ptr;
|
|
|
5289 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5290 char_u *last_ptr;
|
|
|
5291 char_u last = NUL;
|
|
|
5292
|
|
|
5293 ptr = get_last_insert();
|
|
|
5294 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
5295 {
|
|
|
5296 EMSG(_(e_noinstext));
|
|
|
5297 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5298 }
|
|
|
5299
|
|
|
5300 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */
|
|
|
5301 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
5302 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
5303 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL)
|
|
|
5304 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */
|
|
|
5305
|
|
|
5306 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC
|
|
|
5307 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr"
|
|
|
5308 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo
|
|
|
5309 */
|
|
|
5310 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1;
|
|
|
5311 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^')
|
|
|
5312 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1)))
|
|
|
5313 {
|
|
|
5314 last = *last_ptr;
|
|
|
5315 *last_ptr = NUL;
|
|
|
5316 }
|
|
|
5317
|
|
|
5318 do
|
|
|
5319 {
|
|
|
5320 stuffReadbuff(ptr);
|
|
|
5321 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */
|
|
|
5322 if (last)
|
|
|
5323 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0'
|
|
|
5324 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0")
|
|
|
5325 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^")));
|
|
|
5326 }
|
|
|
5327 while (--count > 0);
|
|
|
5328
|
|
|
5329 if (last)
|
|
|
5330 *last_ptr = last;
|
|
|
5331
|
|
|
5332 if (esc_ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
5333 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */
|
|
|
5334
|
|
|
5335 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */
|
|
|
5336 if (!no_esc)
|
|
|
5337 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC);
|
|
|
5338
|
|
|
5339 return OK;
|
|
|
5340 }
|
|
|
5341
|
|
|
5342 char_u *
|
|
|
5343 get_last_insert()
|
|
|
5344 {
|
|
|
5345 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
5346 return NULL;
|
|
|
5347 return last_insert + last_insert_skip;
|
|
|
5348 }
|
|
|
5349
|
|
|
5350 /*
|
|
|
5351 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>.
|
|
|
5352 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL.
|
|
|
5353 */
|
|
|
5354 char_u *
|
|
|
5355 get_last_insert_save()
|
|
|
5356 {
|
|
|
5357 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5358 int len;
|
|
|
5359
|
|
|
5360 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
5361 return NULL;
|
|
|
5362 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip);
|
|
|
5363 if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
5364 {
|
|
|
5365 len = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
5366 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */
|
|
|
5367 s[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
5368 }
|
|
|
5369 return s;
|
|
|
5370 }
|
|
|
5371
|
|
|
5372 /*
|
|
|
5373 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation.
|
|
|
5374 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered.
|
|
|
5375 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and
|
|
|
5376 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c".
|
|
|
5377 */
|
|
|
5378 static int
|
|
|
5379 echeck_abbr(c)
|
|
|
5380 int c;
|
|
|
5381 {
|
|
|
5382 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just
|
|
|
5383 * after moving around with cursor keys. */
|
|
|
5384 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used)
|
|
|
5385 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5386
|
|
|
5387 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col,
|
|
|
5388 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0);
|
|
|
5389 }
|
|
|
5390
|
|
|
5391 /*
|
|
|
5392 * replace-stack functions
|
|
|
5393 *
|
|
|
5394 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each
|
|
|
5395 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing.
|
|
|
5396 *
|
|
|
5397 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is
|
|
|
5398 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL
|
|
|
5399 * headed list is put back for the deleted character.
|
|
|
5400 *
|
|
|
5401 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters
|
|
|
5402 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor
|
|
|
5403 * that were deleted (always white space).
|
|
|
5404 *
|
|
|
5405 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new
|
|
|
5406 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many
|
|
|
5407 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character.
|
|
|
5408 */
|
|
|
5409
|
|
|
5410 char_u *replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
5411 long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */
|
|
|
5412 long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */
|
|
|
5413
|
|
|
5414 void
|
|
|
5415 replace_push(c)
|
|
|
5416 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */
|
|
|
5417 {
|
|
|
5418 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5419
|
|
|
5420 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
5421 return;
|
|
|
5422 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr)
|
|
|
5423 {
|
|
|
5424 replace_stack_len += 50;
|
|
|
5425 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE);
|
|
|
5426 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
5427 {
|
|
|
5428 replace_stack_len -= 50;
|
|
|
5429 return;
|
|
|
5430 }
|
|
|
5431 if (replace_stack != NULL)
|
|
|
5432 {
|
|
|
5433 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack,
|
|
|
5434 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
5435 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
5436 }
|
|
|
5437 replace_stack = p;
|
|
|
5438 }
|
|
|
5439 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset;
|
|
|
5440 if (replace_offset)
|
|
|
5441 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
5442 *p = c;
|
|
|
5443 ++replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5444 }
|
|
|
5445
|
|
|
5446 /*
|
|
|
5447 * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL.
|
|
|
5448 */
|
|
|
5449 static void
|
|
|
5450 replace_push_off(c)
|
|
|
5451 int c;
|
|
|
5452 {
|
|
|
5453 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5454
|
|
|
5455 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5456 for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5457 ++replace_offset)
|
|
|
5458 if (*--p == NUL)
|
|
|
5459 break;
|
|
|
5460 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
5461 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
5462 }
|
|
|
5463
|
|
|
5464 /*
|
|
|
5465 * Pop one item from the replace stack.
|
|
|
5466 * return -1 if stack empty
|
|
|
5467 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise
|
|
|
5468 */
|
|
|
5469 static int
|
|
|
5470 replace_pop()
|
|
|
5471 {
|
|
|
5472 if (replace_stack_nr == 0)
|
|
|
5473 return -1;
|
|
|
5474 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr];
|
|
|
5475 }
|
|
|
5476
|
|
|
5477 /*
|
|
|
5478 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL
|
|
|
5479 * encountered.
|
|
|
5480 */
|
|
|
5481 static void
|
|
|
5482 replace_join(off)
|
|
|
5483 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */
|
|
|
5484 {
|
|
|
5485 int i;
|
|
|
5486
|
|
|
5487 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
5488 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0)
|
|
|
5489 {
|
|
|
5490 --replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5491 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1,
|
|
|
5492 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i));
|
|
|
5493 return;
|
|
|
5494 }
|
|
|
5495 }
|
|
|
5496
|
|
|
5497 /*
|
|
|
5498 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them
|
|
|
5499 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
5500 */
|
|
|
5501 static void
|
|
|
5502 replace_pop_ins()
|
|
|
5503 {
|
|
|
5504 int cc;
|
|
|
5505 int oldState = State;
|
|
|
5506
|
|
|
5507 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */
|
|
|
5508 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0)
|
|
|
5509 {
|
|
|
5510 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5511 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
5512 #else
|
|
|
5513 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
5514 #endif
|
|
|
5515 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5516 }
|
|
|
5517 State = oldState;
|
|
|
5518 }
|
|
|
5519
|
|
|
5520 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5521 /*
|
|
|
5522 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it
|
|
|
5523 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too.
|
|
|
5524 */
|
|
|
5525 static void
|
|
|
5526 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc)
|
|
|
5527 int cc;
|
|
|
5528 {
|
|
|
5529 int n;
|
|
|
5530 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
5531 int i;
|
|
|
5532 int c;
|
|
|
5533
|
|
|
5534 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1)
|
|
|
5535 {
|
|
|
5536 buf[0] = cc;
|
|
|
5537 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
5538 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5539 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
5540 }
|
|
|
5541 else
|
|
|
5542 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
5543
|
|
|
5544 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
5545 /* Handle composing chars. */
|
|
|
5546 for (;;)
|
|
|
5547 {
|
|
|
5548 c = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5549 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */
|
|
|
5550 break;
|
|
|
5551 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1)
|
|
|
5552 {
|
|
|
5553 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */
|
|
|
5554 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
5555 break;
|
|
|
5556 }
|
|
|
5557 else
|
|
|
5558 {
|
|
|
5559 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
5560 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
5561 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5562 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf)))
|
|
|
5563 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
5564 else
|
|
|
5565 {
|
|
|
5566 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */
|
|
|
5567 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
|
5568 replace_push(buf[i]);
|
|
|
5569 break;
|
|
|
5570 }
|
|
|
5571 }
|
|
|
5572 }
|
|
|
5573 }
|
|
|
5574 #endif
|
|
|
5575
|
|
|
5576 /*
|
|
|
5577 * make the replace stack empty
|
|
|
5578 * (called when exiting replace mode)
|
|
|
5579 */
|
|
|
5580 static void
|
|
|
5581 replace_flush()
|
|
|
5582 {
|
|
|
5583 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
5584 replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
5585 replace_stack_len = 0;
|
|
|
5586 replace_stack_nr = 0;
|
|
|
5587 }
|
|
|
5588
|
|
|
5589 /*
|
|
|
5590 * Handle doing a BS for one character.
|
|
|
5591 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor
|
|
|
5592 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
5593 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back
|
|
|
5594 * and check for more characters to be put back
|
|
|
5595 */
|
|
|
5596 static void
|
|
|
5597 replace_do_bs()
|
|
|
5598 {
|
|
|
5599 int cc;
|
|
|
5600 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5601 int orig_len = 0;
|
|
|
5602 int ins_len;
|
|
|
5603 int orig_vcols = 0;
|
|
|
5604 colnr_T start_vcol;
|
|
|
5605 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5606 int i;
|
|
|
5607 int vcol;
|
|
|
5608 #endif
|
|
|
5609
|
|
|
5610 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5611 if (cc > 0)
|
|
|
5612 {
|
|
|
5613 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5614 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5615 {
|
|
|
5616 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are
|
|
|
5617 * going to delete. */
|
|
|
5618 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL);
|
|
|
5619 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol);
|
|
|
5620 }
|
|
|
5621 #endif
|
|
|
5622 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5623 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5624 {
|
|
|
5625 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5626 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5627 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5628 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
5629 # endif
|
|
|
5630 replace_push(cc);
|
|
|
5631 }
|
|
|
5632 else
|
|
|
5633 #endif
|
|
|
5634 {
|
|
|
5635 pchar_cursor(cc);
|
|
|
5636 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5637 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5638 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1;
|
|
|
5639 #endif
|
|
|
5640 }
|
|
|
5641 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
5642
|
|
|
5643 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5644 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5645 {
|
|
|
5646 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */
|
|
|
5647 p = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5648 ins_len = STRLEN(p) - orig_len;
|
|
|
5649 vcol = start_vcol;
|
|
|
5650 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i)
|
|
|
5651 {
|
|
|
5652 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol);
|
|
|
5653 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5654 i += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(p) - 1;
|
|
|
5655 #endif
|
|
|
5656 }
|
|
|
5657 vcol -= start_vcol;
|
|
|
5658
|
|
|
5659 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the
|
|
|
5660 * text aligned. */
|
|
|
5661 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len;
|
|
|
5662 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ')
|
|
|
5663 {
|
|
|
5664 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5665 ++orig_vcols;
|
|
|
5666 }
|
|
|
5667 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len;
|
|
|
5668 }
|
|
|
5669 #endif
|
|
|
5670
|
|
|
5671 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
5672 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
5673 }
|
|
|
5674 else if (cc == 0)
|
|
|
5675 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5676 }
|
|
|
5677
|
|
|
5678 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5679 /*
|
|
|
5680 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on.
|
|
|
5681 */
|
|
|
5682 static int
|
|
|
5683 cindent_on()
|
|
|
5684 {
|
|
|
5685 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
|
5686 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
5687 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
|
|
|
5688 # endif
|
|
|
5689 ));
|
|
|
5690 }
|
|
|
5691 #endif
|
|
|
5692
|
|
|
5693 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5694 /*
|
|
|
5695 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the
|
|
|
5696 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very
|
|
|
5697 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not.
|
|
|
5698 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent.
|
|
|
5699 */
|
|
|
5700
|
|
|
5701 void
|
|
|
5702 fixthisline(get_the_indent)
|
|
|
5703 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
5704 {
|
|
|
5705 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
5706 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
5707 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */
|
|
|
5708 }
|
|
|
5709
|
|
|
5710 void
|
|
|
5711 fix_indent()
|
|
|
5712 {
|
|
|
5713 if (p_paste)
|
|
|
5714 return;
|
|
|
5715 # ifdef FEAT_LISP
|
|
|
5716 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
5717 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
|
|
|
5718 # endif
|
|
|
5719 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT)
|
|
|
5720 else
|
|
|
5721 # endif
|
|
|
5722 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5723 if (cindent_on())
|
|
|
5724 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
5725 # endif
|
|
|
5726 }
|
|
|
5727
|
|
|
5728 #endif
|
|
|
5729
|
|
|
5730 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5731 /*
|
|
|
5732 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped",
|
|
|
5733 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert)
|
|
|
5734 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert)
|
|
|
5735 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards)
|
|
|
5736 *
|
|
|
5737 * "keytyped" can have a few special values:
|
|
|
5738 * KEY_OPEN_FORW
|
|
|
5739 * KEY_OPEN_BACK
|
|
|
5740 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion.
|
|
|
5741 *
|
|
|
5742 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them.
|
|
|
5743 */
|
|
|
5744 int
|
|
|
5745 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty)
|
|
|
5746 int keytyped;
|
|
|
5747 int when;
|
|
|
5748 int line_is_empty;
|
|
|
5749 {
|
|
|
5750 char_u *look;
|
|
|
5751 int try_match;
|
|
|
5752 int try_match_word;
|
|
|
5753 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5754 char_u *line;
|
|
|
5755 int icase;
|
|
|
5756 int i;
|
|
|
5757
|
|
|
5758 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
5759 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
|
|
|
5760 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */
|
|
|
5761 else
|
|
|
5762 #endif
|
|
|
5763 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */
|
|
|
5764 while (*look)
|
|
|
5765 {
|
|
|
5766 /*
|
|
|
5767 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on
|
|
|
5768 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key.
|
|
|
5769 */
|
|
|
5770 switch (when)
|
|
|
5771 {
|
|
|
5772 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break;
|
|
|
5773 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break;
|
|
|
5774 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break;
|
|
|
5775 }
|
|
|
5776 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!')
|
|
|
5777 ++look;
|
|
|
5778
|
|
|
5779 /*
|
|
|
5780 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty.
|
|
|
5781 * But may still match when typing last char of a word.
|
|
|
5782 */
|
|
|
5783 if (*look == '0')
|
|
|
5784 {
|
|
|
5785 try_match_word = try_match;
|
|
|
5786 if (!line_is_empty)
|
|
|
5787 try_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
5788 ++look;
|
|
|
5789 }
|
|
|
5790 else
|
|
|
5791 try_match_word = FALSE;
|
|
|
5792
|
|
|
5793 /*
|
|
|
5794 * does it look like a control character?
|
|
|
5795 */
|
|
|
5796 if (*look == '^'
|
|
|
5797 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
5798 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0)
|
|
|
5799 #else
|
|
|
5800 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_'
|
|
|
5801 #endif
|
|
|
5802 )
|
|
|
5803 {
|
|
|
5804 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1]))
|
|
|
5805 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5806 look += 2;
|
|
|
5807 }
|
|
|
5808 /*
|
|
|
5809 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward.
|
|
|
5810 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward.
|
|
|
5811 */
|
|
|
5812 else if (*look == 'o')
|
|
|
5813 {
|
|
|
5814 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW)
|
|
|
5815 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5816 ++look;
|
|
|
5817 }
|
|
|
5818 else if (*look == 'O')
|
|
|
5819 {
|
|
|
5820 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK)
|
|
|
5821 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5822 ++look;
|
|
|
5823 }
|
|
|
5824
|
|
|
5825 /*
|
|
|
5826 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the
|
|
|
5827 * cursor.
|
|
|
5828 */
|
|
|
5829 else if (*look == 'e')
|
|
|
5830 {
|
|
|
5831 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4)
|
|
|
5832 {
|
|
|
5833 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5834 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 &&
|
|
|
5835 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
5836 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5837 }
|
|
|
5838 ++look;
|
|
|
5839 }
|
|
|
5840
|
|
|
5841 /*
|
|
|
5842 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case
|
|
|
5843 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix
|
|
|
5844 * class::method for C++).
|
|
|
5845 */
|
|
|
5846 else if (*look == ':')
|
|
|
5847 {
|
|
|
5848 if (try_match && keytyped == ':')
|
|
|
5849 {
|
|
|
5850 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5851 if (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel(30))
|
|
|
5852 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5853 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2
|
|
|
5854 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':'
|
|
|
5855 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':')
|
|
|
5856 {
|
|
|
5857 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' ';
|
|
|
5858 i = (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p)
|
|
|
5859 || cin_islabel(30));
|
|
|
5860 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5861 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':';
|
|
|
5862 if (i)
|
|
|
5863 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5864 }
|
|
|
5865 }
|
|
|
5866 ++look;
|
|
|
5867 }
|
|
|
5868
|
|
|
5869
|
|
|
5870 /*
|
|
|
5871 * Is it a key in <>, maybe?
|
|
|
5872 */
|
|
|
5873 else if (*look == '<')
|
|
|
5874 {
|
|
|
5875 if (try_match)
|
|
|
5876 {
|
|
|
5877 /*
|
|
|
5878 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>,
|
|
|
5879 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <,
|
|
|
5880 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to.
|
|
|
5881 */
|
|
|
5882 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL
|
|
|
5883 && keytyped == look[1])
|
|
|
5884 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5885
|
|
|
5886 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1))
|
|
|
5887 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5888 }
|
|
|
5889 while (*look && *look != '>')
|
|
|
5890 look++;
|
|
|
5891 while (*look == '>')
|
|
|
5892 look++;
|
|
|
5893 }
|
|
|
5894
|
|
|
5895 /*
|
|
|
5896 * Is it a word: "=word"?
|
|
|
5897 */
|
|
|
5898 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
5899 {
|
|
|
5900 ++look;
|
|
|
5901 if (*look == '~')
|
|
|
5902 {
|
|
|
5903 icase = TRUE;
|
|
|
5904 ++look;
|
|
|
5905 }
|
|
|
5906 else
|
|
|
5907 icase = FALSE;
|
|
|
5908 p = vim_strchr(look, ',');
|
|
|
5909 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
5910 p = look + STRLEN(look);
|
|
|
5911 if ((try_match || try_match_word)
|
|
|
5912 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look))
|
|
|
5913 {
|
|
|
5914 int match = FALSE;
|
|
|
5915
|
|
|
5916 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
5917 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE)
|
|
|
5918 {
|
|
|
5919 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5920
|
|
|
5921 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look".
|
|
|
5922 * search back for the start of a word. */
|
|
|
5923 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5924 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5925 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5926 {
|
|
|
5927 char_u *n;
|
|
|
5928
|
|
|
5929 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n)
|
|
|
5930 {
|
|
|
5931 n = mb_prevptr(line, s);
|
|
|
5932 if (!vim_iswordp(n))
|
|
|
5933 break;
|
|
|
5934 }
|
|
|
5935 }
|
|
|
5936 else
|
|
|
5937 # endif
|
|
|
5938 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s)
|
|
|
5939 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1]))
|
|
|
5940 break;
|
|
|
5941 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
5942 && (icase
|
|
|
5943 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look)
|
|
|
5944 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0)
|
|
|
5945 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
5946 }
|
|
|
5947 else
|
|
|
5948 #endif
|
|
|
5949 /* TODO: multi-byte */
|
|
|
5950 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256
|
|
|
5951 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1])))
|
|
|
5952 {
|
|
|
5953 line = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5954 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look)
|
|
|
5955 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1]))
|
|
|
5956 && (icase
|
|
|
5957 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)
|
|
|
5958 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look))
|
|
|
5959 == 0)
|
|
|
5960 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
5961 }
|
|
|
5962 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match)
|
|
|
5963 {
|
|
|
5964 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the
|
|
|
5965 * word. */
|
|
|
5966 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5967 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) !=
|
|
|
5968 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look)))
|
|
|
5969 match = FALSE;
|
|
|
5970 }
|
|
|
5971 if (match)
|
|
|
5972 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5973 }
|
|
|
5974 look = p;
|
|
|
5975 }
|
|
|
5976
|
|
|
5977 /*
|
|
|
5978 * ok, it's a boring generic character.
|
|
|
5979 */
|
|
|
5980 else
|
|
|
5981 {
|
|
|
5982 if (try_match && *look == keytyped)
|
|
|
5983 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5984 ++look;
|
|
|
5985 }
|
|
|
5986
|
|
|
5987 /*
|
|
|
5988 * Skip over ", ".
|
|
|
5989 */
|
|
|
5990 look = skip_to_option_part(look);
|
|
|
5991 }
|
|
|
5992 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5993 }
|
|
|
5994 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
5995
|
|
|
5996 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5997 /*
|
|
|
5998 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode.
|
|
|
5999 */
|
|
|
6000 int
|
|
|
6001 hkmap(c)
|
|
|
6002 int c;
|
|
|
6003 {
|
|
|
6004 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */
|
|
|
6005 {
|
|
|
6006 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD,
|
|
|
6007 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN,
|
|
|
6008 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV};
|
|
|
6009 static char_u map[26] =
|
|
|
6010 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/,
|
|
|
6011 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/,
|
|
|
6012 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/,
|
|
|
6013 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/,
|
|
|
6014 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/,
|
|
|
6015 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/,
|
|
|
6016 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/,
|
|
|
6017 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/,
|
|
|
6018 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/};
|
|
|
6019
|
|
|
6020 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z')
|
|
|
6021 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6022 /* '-1'='sofit' */
|
|
|
6023 else if (c == 'x')
|
|
|
6024 return 'X';
|
|
|
6025 else if (c == 'q')
|
|
|
6026 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */
|
|
|
6027 else if (c == 246)
|
|
|
6028 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */
|
|
|
6029 else if (c == 228)
|
|
|
6030 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
6031 else if (c == 252)
|
|
|
6032 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
6033 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6034 else if (islower(c))
|
|
|
6035 #else
|
|
|
6036 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we
|
|
|
6037 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on
|
|
|
6038 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are
|
|
|
6039 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text.
|
|
|
6040 */
|
|
|
6041 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
|
|
|
6042 #endif
|
|
|
6043 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6044 else
|
|
|
6045 return c;
|
|
|
6046 }
|
|
|
6047 else
|
|
|
6048 {
|
|
|
6049 switch (c)
|
|
|
6050 {
|
|
|
6051 case '`': return ';';
|
|
|
6052 case '/': return '.';
|
|
|
6053 case '\'': return ',';
|
|
|
6054 case 'q': return '/';
|
|
|
6055 case 'w': return '\'';
|
|
|
6056
|
|
|
6057 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */
|
|
|
6058 case ',': c = '{'; break;
|
|
|
6059 case '.': c = 'v'; break;
|
|
|
6060 case ';': c = 't'; break;
|
|
|
6061 default: {
|
|
|
6062 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig";
|
|
|
6063
|
|
|
6064 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6065 /* see note about islower() above */
|
|
|
6066 if (!islower(c))
|
|
|
6067 #else
|
|
|
6068 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z')
|
|
|
6069 #endif
|
|
|
6070 return c;
|
|
|
6071 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)];
|
|
|
6072 break;
|
|
|
6073 }
|
|
|
6074 }
|
|
|
6075
|
|
|
6076 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6077 }
|
|
|
6078 }
|
|
|
6079 #endif
|
|
|
6080
|
|
|
6081 static void
|
|
|
6082 ins_reg()
|
|
|
6083 {
|
|
|
6084 int need_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6085 int regname;
|
|
|
6086 int literally = 0;
|
|
|
6087
|
|
|
6088 /*
|
|
|
6089 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'.
|
|
|
6090 */
|
|
|
6091 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
6092 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
6093 {
|
|
|
6094 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
6095 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
6096
|
|
|
6097 edit_putchar('"', TRUE);
|
|
|
6098 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6099 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
6100 #endif
|
|
|
6101 }
|
|
|
6102
|
|
|
6103 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
6104 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
6105 #endif
|
|
|
6106
|
|
|
6107 /*
|
|
|
6108 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
6109 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
6110 */
|
|
|
6111 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
6112 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6113 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
6114 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
6115 #endif
|
|
|
6116 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
6117 {
|
|
|
6118 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */
|
|
|
6119 literally = regname;
|
|
|
6120 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6121 add_to_showcmd_c(literally);
|
|
|
6122 #endif
|
|
|
6123 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6124 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
6125 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
6126 #endif
|
|
|
6127 }
|
|
|
6128 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
6129
|
|
|
6130 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6131 /*
|
|
|
6132 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression,
|
|
|
6133 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it!
|
|
|
6134 */
|
|
|
6135 ++no_u_sync;
|
|
|
6136 if (regname == '=')
|
|
|
6137 {
|
|
133
|
6138 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
6139 int im_on = im_get_status();
|
|
133
|
6140 # endif
|
|
7
|
6141 regname = get_expr_register();
|
|
133
|
6142 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
6143 /* Restore the Input Method. */
|
|
|
6144 if (im_on)
|
|
|
6145 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
133
|
6146 # endif
|
|
7
|
6147 }
|
|
140
|
6148 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE))
|
|
|
6149 {
|
|
|
6150 vim_beep();
|
|
7
|
6151 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
140
|
6152 }
|
|
7
|
6153 else
|
|
|
6154 {
|
|
|
6155 #endif
|
|
|
6156 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
6157 {
|
|
|
6158 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */
|
|
|
6159 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
6160 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally);
|
|
|
6161 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname);
|
|
|
6162
|
|
|
6163 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L,
|
|
|
6164 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
6165 }
|
|
|
6166 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL)
|
|
|
6167 {
|
|
|
6168 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6169 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6170 }
|
|
133
|
6171 else if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
6172 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that
|
|
|
6173 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't
|
|
|
6174 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6175 need_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
6176
|
|
7
|
6177 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6178 }
|
|
|
6179 --no_u_sync;
|
|
|
6180 #endif
|
|
|
6181 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6182 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
6183 #endif
|
|
|
6184
|
|
|
6185 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6186 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty())
|
|
|
6187 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
6188 }
|
|
|
6189
|
|
|
6190 /*
|
|
|
6191 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6192 */
|
|
|
6193 static void
|
|
|
6194 ins_ctrl_g()
|
|
|
6195 {
|
|
|
6196 int c;
|
|
|
6197
|
|
|
6198 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
6199 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */
|
|
|
6200 setcursor();
|
|
|
6201 #endif
|
|
|
6202
|
|
|
6203 /*
|
|
|
6204 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
6205 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
6206 */
|
|
|
6207 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
6208 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6209 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
6210 switch (c)
|
|
|
6211 {
|
|
|
6212 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
6213 case K_UP:
|
|
180
|
6214 case K_XUP:
|
|
7
|
6215 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
6216 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE);
|
|
|
6217 break;
|
|
|
6218
|
|
|
6219 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
6220 case K_DOWN:
|
|
180
|
6221 case K_XDOWN:
|
|
7
|
6222 case Ctrl_J:
|
|
|
6223 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE);
|
|
|
6224 break;
|
|
|
6225
|
|
|
6226 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */
|
|
|
6227 case 'u': u_sync();
|
|
|
6228 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
|
6229 break;
|
|
|
6230
|
|
|
6231 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */
|
|
|
6232 default: vim_beep();
|
|
|
6233 }
|
|
|
6234 }
|
|
|
6235
|
|
|
6236 /*
|
|
|
6237 * Handle ESC in insert mode.
|
|
|
6238 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the
|
|
|
6239 * insert.
|
|
|
6240 */
|
|
|
6241 static int
|
|
|
6242 ins_esc(count, cmdchar)
|
|
|
6243 long *count;
|
|
|
6244 int cmdchar;
|
|
|
6245 {
|
|
|
6246 int temp;
|
|
|
6247 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6248
|
|
|
6249 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN)
|
|
|
6250 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE)
|
|
|
6251 hangul_input_state_set(0);
|
|
|
6252 # endif
|
|
|
6253 if (composing_hangul)
|
|
|
6254 {
|
|
|
6255 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2);
|
|
|
6256 composing_hangul = 0;
|
|
|
6257 }
|
|
|
6258 #endif
|
|
|
6259 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
|
|
|
6260 previous_script = GetScriptManagerVariable(smKeyScript);
|
|
|
6261 KeyScript(smKeyRoman); /* or smKeySysScript */
|
|
|
6262 #endif
|
|
|
6263
|
|
|
6264 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6265 if (disabled_redraw)
|
|
|
6266 {
|
|
|
6267 --RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
6268 disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6269 }
|
|
|
6270 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
6271 {
|
|
|
6272 /*
|
|
|
6273 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx".
|
|
75
|
6274 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for
|
|
|
6275 * when "count" is non-zero.
|
|
7
|
6276 */
|
|
|
6277 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
75
|
6278 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR);
|
|
7
|
6279
|
|
|
6280 /*
|
|
|
6281 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for
|
|
|
6282 * interrupt now and then.
|
|
|
6283 */
|
|
|
6284 if (*count > 0)
|
|
|
6285 {
|
|
|
6286 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
6287 if (got_int)
|
|
|
6288 *count = 0;
|
|
|
6289 }
|
|
|
6290
|
|
|
6291 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */
|
|
|
6292 {
|
|
164
|
6293 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */
|
|
|
6294 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL)
|
|
|
6295 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG;
|
|
|
6296
|
|
7
|
6297 (void)start_redo_ins();
|
|
|
6298 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
6299 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */
|
|
|
6300 ++RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
6301 disabled_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
6302 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */
|
|
|
6303 }
|
|
|
6304 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE);
|
|
|
6305 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6306 }
|
|
|
6307
|
|
|
6308 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the
|
|
|
6309 * indent */
|
|
|
6310 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
6311 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6312
|
|
|
6313 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */
|
|
|
6314 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
|
|
|
6315 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6316
|
|
|
6317 /*
|
|
|
6318 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character.
|
|
|
6319 */
|
|
|
6320 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col != 0
|
|
|
6321 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6322 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0
|
|
|
6323 #endif
|
|
|
6324 ) && (restart_edit == NUL
|
|
|
6325 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
|
6326 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
6327 && !VIsual_active
|
|
|
6328 #endif
|
|
|
6329 ))
|
|
|
6330 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6331 && !revins_on
|
|
|
6332 #endif
|
|
|
6333 )
|
|
|
6334 {
|
|
|
6335 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6336 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL)
|
|
|
6337 {
|
|
|
6338 oneleft();
|
|
|
6339 if (restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
6340 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
6341 }
|
|
|
6342 else
|
|
|
6343 #endif
|
|
|
6344 {
|
|
|
6345 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6346 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6347 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
6348 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6349 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
6350 #endif
|
|
|
6351 }
|
|
|
6352 }
|
|
|
6353
|
|
|
6354 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
6355 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands.
|
|
|
6356 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as
|
|
|
6357 * well). */
|
|
|
6358 if (!(State & LANGMAP))
|
|
|
6359 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert);
|
|
|
6360 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
6361 #endif
|
|
|
6362
|
|
|
6363 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
6364 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */
|
|
|
6365 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
6366
|
|
|
6367 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
6368 setmouse();
|
|
|
6369 #endif
|
|
|
6370 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
6371 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
6372 #endif
|
|
|
6373
|
|
|
6374 /*
|
|
|
6375 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode.
|
|
|
6376 * Otherwise remove the mode message.
|
|
|
6377 */
|
|
|
6378 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
6379 showmode();
|
|
|
6380 else if (p_smd)
|
|
|
6381 MSG("");
|
|
|
6382
|
|
|
6383 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */
|
|
|
6384 }
|
|
|
6385
|
|
|
6386 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6387 /*
|
|
|
6388 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on.
|
|
|
6389 * Move to end of reverse inserted text.
|
|
|
6390 */
|
|
|
6391 static void
|
|
|
6392 ins_ctrl_()
|
|
|
6393 {
|
|
|
6394 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0)
|
|
|
6395 {
|
|
|
6396 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--)
|
|
|
6397 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6398 }
|
|
|
6399 p_ri = !p_ri;
|
|
|
6400 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
6401 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
6402 {
|
|
|
6403 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6404 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
6405 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
6406 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6407 }
|
|
|
6408 else
|
|
|
6409 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
6410 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
6411 if (p_altkeymap)
|
|
|
6412 {
|
|
|
6413 /*
|
|
|
6414 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.'
|
|
|
6415 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo
|
|
|
6416 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert).
|
|
|
6417 */
|
|
|
6418 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
6419 (void)stop_arrow();
|
|
|
6420 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;
|
|
|
6421 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
6422 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
6423 }
|
|
|
6424 else
|
|
|
6425 #endif
|
|
|
6426 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */
|
|
|
6427 showmode();
|
|
|
6428 }
|
|
|
6429 #endif
|
|
|
6430
|
|
|
6431 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
6432 /*
|
|
|
6433 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.
|
|
|
6434 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed.
|
|
|
6435 */
|
|
|
6436 static int
|
|
|
6437 ins_start_select(c)
|
|
|
6438 int c;
|
|
|
6439 {
|
|
|
6440 if (km_startsel)
|
|
|
6441 switch (c)
|
|
|
6442 {
|
|
|
6443 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
6444 case K_XHOME:
|
|
|
6445 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
6446 case K_XEND:
|
|
|
6447 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
6448 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
6449 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
6450 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
180
|
6451 case K_XLEFT:
|
|
|
6452 case K_XRIGHT:
|
|
|
6453 case K_XUP:
|
|
|
6454 case K_XDOWN:
|
|
7
|
6455 # ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
6456 case K_LEFT:
|
|
|
6457 case K_RIGHT:
|
|
|
6458 case K_UP:
|
|
|
6459 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
6460 case K_END:
|
|
|
6461 case K_HOME:
|
|
|
6462 # endif
|
|
|
6463 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
|
|
|
6464 break;
|
|
|
6465 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
6466 case K_S_LEFT:
|
|
|
6467 case K_S_RIGHT:
|
|
|
6468 case K_S_UP:
|
|
|
6469 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
|
6470 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
6471 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
6472 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with
|
|
|
6473 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */
|
|
|
6474 start_selection();
|
|
|
6475
|
|
|
6476 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */
|
|
|
6477 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O);
|
|
|
6478 if (mod_mask)
|
|
|
6479 {
|
|
|
6480 char_u buf[4];
|
|
|
6481
|
|
|
6482 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
6483 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
6484 buf[2] = mod_mask;
|
|
|
6485 buf[3] = NUL;
|
|
|
6486 stuffReadbuff(buf);
|
|
|
6487 }
|
|
|
6488 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
6489 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6490 }
|
|
|
6491 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6492 }
|
|
|
6493 #endif
|
|
|
6494
|
|
|
6495 /*
|
|
|
6496 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one
|
|
|
6497 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>".
|
|
|
6498 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwith', this is compatible
|
|
|
6499 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an
|
|
|
6500 * autoindent, we support it everywhere.
|
|
|
6501 */
|
|
|
6502 static void
|
|
|
6503 ins_shift(c, lastc)
|
|
|
6504 int c;
|
|
|
6505 int lastc;
|
|
|
6506 {
|
|
|
6507 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
6508 return;
|
|
|
6509 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
6510
|
|
|
6511 /*
|
|
|
6512 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent.
|
|
|
6513 */
|
|
|
6514 if ((lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') && curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
6515 {
|
|
|
6516 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6517 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */
|
|
|
6518 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */
|
|
|
6519 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6520 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
6521 if (lastc == '^')
|
|
|
6522 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */
|
|
|
6523 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
6524 }
|
|
|
6525 else
|
|
|
6526 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
6527
|
|
|
6528 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL)
|
|
|
6529 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6530 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
6531 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6532 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6533 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
6534 #endif
|
|
|
6535 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6536 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */
|
|
|
6537 #endif
|
|
|
6538 }
|
|
|
6539
|
|
|
6540 static void
|
|
|
6541 ins_del()
|
|
|
6542 {
|
|
|
6543 int temp;
|
|
|
6544
|
|
|
6545 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
6546 return;
|
|
|
6547 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */
|
|
|
6548 {
|
|
|
6549 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6550 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */
|
|
|
6551 || u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1),
|
|
|
6552 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 2)) == FAIL
|
|
|
6553 || do_join(FALSE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
6554 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6555 else
|
|
|
6556 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
6557 }
|
|
|
6558 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */
|
|
|
6559 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6560 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6561 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
6562 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6563 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6564 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
6565 #endif
|
|
|
6566 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL);
|
|
|
6567 }
|
|
|
6568
|
|
|
6569 /*
|
|
|
6570 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6571 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used.
|
|
|
6572 */
|
|
|
6573 static int
|
|
|
6574 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p)
|
|
|
6575 int c;
|
|
|
6576 int mode;
|
|
|
6577 int *inserted_space_p;
|
|
|
6578 {
|
|
|
6579 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
6580 int cc;
|
|
|
6581 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
6582 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
6583 int did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
6584 int in_indent;
|
|
|
6585 int oldState;
|
|
|
6586 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6587 int p1, p2;
|
|
|
6588 #endif
|
|
|
6589
|
|
|
6590 /*
|
|
|
6591 * can't delete anything in an empty file
|
|
|
6592 * can't backup past first character in buffer
|
|
|
6593 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1
|
|
|
6594 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0
|
|
|
6595 */
|
|
|
6596 if ( bufempty()
|
|
|
6597 || (
|
|
|
6598 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6599 !revins_on &&
|
|
|
6600 #endif
|
|
|
6601 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
6602 || (!can_bs(BS_START)
|
|
|
6603 && (arrow_used
|
|
|
6604 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6605 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col)))
|
|
|
6606 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0
|
|
|
6607 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col)
|
|
|
6608 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0))))
|
|
|
6609 {
|
|
|
6610 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6611 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6612 }
|
|
|
6613
|
|
|
6614 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
6615 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6616 in_indent = inindent(0);
|
|
|
6617 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6618 if (in_indent)
|
|
|
6619 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
6620 #endif
|
|
|
6621 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
6622 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */
|
|
|
6623 #endif
|
|
|
6624 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6625 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */
|
|
|
6626 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6627 #endif
|
|
|
6628
|
|
|
6629 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6630 /* Virtualedit:
|
|
|
6631 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space
|
|
|
6632 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd
|
|
|
6633 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going
|
|
|
6634 */
|
|
|
6635 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
|
6636 {
|
|
|
6637 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
6638 {
|
|
|
6639 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
6640 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6641 }
|
|
|
6642 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD)
|
|
|
6643 {
|
|
|
6644 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
6645 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6646 }
|
|
|
6647 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
6648 }
|
|
|
6649 #endif
|
|
|
6650
|
|
|
6651 /*
|
|
|
6652 * delete newline!
|
|
|
6653 */
|
|
|
6654 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
6655 {
|
|
|
6656 lnum = Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
6657 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6658 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6659 || revins_on
|
|
|
6660 #endif
|
|
|
6661 )
|
|
|
6662 {
|
|
|
6663 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2),
|
|
|
6664 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL)
|
|
|
6665 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6666 --Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
6667 Insstart.col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
6668 }
|
|
|
6669 /*
|
|
|
6670 * In replace mode:
|
|
|
6671 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
6672 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back
|
|
|
6673 */
|
|
|
6674 cc = -1;
|
|
|
6675 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6676 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */
|
|
|
6677 /*
|
|
|
6678 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the
|
|
|
6679 * cursor.
|
|
|
6680 */
|
|
|
6681 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
|
|
|
6682 {
|
|
|
6683 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6684 }
|
|
|
6685 else
|
|
|
6686 {
|
|
|
6687 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6688 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6689 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count)
|
|
|
6690 #endif
|
|
|
6691 {
|
|
|
6692 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */
|
|
|
6693 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
6694 (void)do_join(FALSE);
|
|
|
6695 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
6696 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6697 }
|
|
|
6698 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6699 else
|
|
|
6700 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6701 #endif
|
|
|
6702
|
|
|
6703 /*
|
|
|
6704 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced
|
|
|
6705 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated
|
|
|
6706 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the
|
|
|
6707 * characters that NL replaced.
|
|
|
6708 */
|
|
|
6709 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6710 {
|
|
|
6711 /*
|
|
|
6712 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to
|
|
|
6713 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and
|
|
|
6714 * avoiding showmatch().
|
|
|
6715 */
|
|
|
6716 oldState = State;
|
|
|
6717 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
6718 /*
|
|
|
6719 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor
|
|
|
6720 */
|
|
|
6721 while (cc > 0)
|
|
|
6722 {
|
|
|
6723 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6724 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6725 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
6726 #else
|
|
|
6727 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
6728 #endif
|
|
|
6729 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
6730 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
6731 }
|
|
|
6732 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */
|
|
|
6733 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
6734 State = oldState;
|
|
|
6735 }
|
|
|
6736 }
|
|
|
6737 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6738 }
|
|
|
6739 else
|
|
|
6740 {
|
|
|
6741 /*
|
|
|
6742 * Delete character(s) before the cursor.
|
|
|
6743 */
|
|
|
6744 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6745 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */
|
|
|
6746 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6747 #endif
|
|
|
6748 mincol = 0;
|
|
|
6749 /* keep indent */
|
|
|
6750 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE && curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
6751 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6752 && !revins_on
|
|
|
6753 #endif
|
|
|
6754 )
|
|
|
6755 {
|
|
|
6756 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6757 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
6758 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)temp)
|
|
|
6759 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6760 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
6761 }
|
|
|
6762
|
|
|
6763 /*
|
|
|
6764 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'.
|
|
|
6765 */
|
|
|
6766 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR
|
|
|
6767 && ((p_sta && in_indent)
|
|
|
6768 || (curbuf->b_p_sts
|
|
|
6769 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB
|
|
|
6770 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' '
|
|
|
6771 && (!*inserted_space_p
|
|
|
6772 || arrow_used))))))
|
|
|
6773 {
|
|
|
6774 int ts;
|
|
|
6775 colnr_T vcol;
|
|
|
6776 colnr_T want_vcol;
|
|
|
6777 int extra = 0;
|
|
|
6778
|
|
|
6779 *inserted_space_p = FALSE;
|
|
|
6780 if (p_sta)
|
|
|
6781 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
6782 else
|
|
|
6783 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
6784 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since
|
|
|
6785 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of
|
|
|
6786 * the previous character. */
|
|
|
6787 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6788 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6789 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol);
|
|
|
6790 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6791 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts;
|
|
|
6792
|
|
|
6793 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */
|
|
|
6794 while (vcol > want_vcol
|
|
|
6795 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc)))
|
|
|
6796 {
|
|
|
6797 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6798 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6799 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6800 {
|
|
|
6801 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in
|
|
|
6802 * Replace mode */
|
|
|
6803 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6804 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
6805 {
|
|
|
6806 #if 0 /* what was this for? It causes problems when sw != ts. */
|
|
|
6807 if (State == REPLACE && (int)vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
6808 {
|
|
|
6809 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6810 extra = 2; /* don't pop too much */
|
|
|
6811 }
|
|
|
6812 else
|
|
|
6813 #endif
|
|
|
6814 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
6815 }
|
|
|
6816 }
|
|
|
6817 else
|
|
|
6818 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6819 }
|
|
|
6820
|
|
|
6821 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */
|
|
|
6822 while (vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
6823 {
|
|
|
6824 /* Remember the first char we inserted */
|
|
|
6825 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6826 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
6827 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6828
|
|
|
6829 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6830 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6831 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
6832 else
|
|
|
6833 #endif
|
|
|
6834 {
|
|
|
6835 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
6836 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && extra <= 1)
|
|
|
6837 {
|
|
|
6838 if (extra)
|
|
|
6839 replace_push_off(NUL);
|
|
|
6840 else
|
|
|
6841 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
6842 }
|
|
|
6843 if (extra == 2)
|
|
|
6844 extra = 1;
|
|
|
6845 }
|
|
|
6846 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6847 }
|
|
|
6848 }
|
|
|
6849
|
|
|
6850 /*
|
|
|
6851 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word.
|
|
|
6852 */
|
|
|
6853 else do
|
|
|
6854 {
|
|
|
6855 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6856 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */
|
|
|
6857 #endif
|
|
|
6858 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6859
|
|
|
6860 /* start of word? */
|
|
|
6861 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor()))
|
|
|
6862 {
|
|
|
6863 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE;
|
|
|
6864 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor());
|
|
|
6865 }
|
|
|
6866 /* end of word? */
|
|
|
6867 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE
|
|
|
6868 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor())
|
|
|
6869 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp))
|
|
|
6870 {
|
|
|
6871 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6872 if (!revins_on)
|
|
|
6873 #endif
|
|
|
6874 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6875 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6876 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6877 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6878 #endif
|
|
|
6879 break;
|
|
|
6880 }
|
|
|
6881 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6882 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
6883 else
|
|
|
6884 {
|
|
|
6885 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6886 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco)
|
|
|
6887 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), &p1, &p2);
|
|
|
6888 #endif
|
|
|
6889 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6890 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6891 /*
|
|
|
6892 * If p1 or p2 is non-zero, there are combining characters we
|
|
|
6893 * need to take account of. Don't back up before the base
|
|
|
6894 * character.
|
|
|
6895 */
|
|
|
6896 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && (p1 != NUL || p2 != NUL))
|
|
|
6897 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6898 #endif
|
|
|
6899 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6900 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
6901 {
|
|
|
6902 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
6903 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
6904 }
|
|
|
6905 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
6906 break;
|
|
|
6907 #endif
|
|
|
6908 }
|
|
|
6909 /* Just a single backspace?: */
|
|
|
6910 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
6911 break;
|
|
|
6912 } while (
|
|
|
6913 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6914 revins_on ||
|
|
|
6915 #endif
|
|
|
6916 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol
|
|
|
6917 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6918 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col)));
|
|
|
6919 did_backspace = TRUE;
|
|
|
6920 }
|
|
|
6921 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
6922 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6923 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6924 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
6925 #endif
|
|
|
6926 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1)
|
|
|
6927 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6928 /*
|
|
|
6929 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo
|
|
|
6930 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal
|
|
|
6931 * with.
|
|
|
6932 */
|
|
|
6933 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
6934
|
|
|
6935 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */
|
|
|
6936 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6937 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
6938 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6939
|
|
|
6940 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that
|
|
|
6941 * was there remains visible
|
|
|
6942 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that
|
|
|
6943 * was there is erased from the screen.
|
|
|
6944 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar
|
|
|
6945 * displayed even when there isn't.
|
|
|
6946 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */
|
|
|
6947 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0)
|
|
|
6948 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
6949
|
|
|
6950 return did_backspace;
|
|
|
6951 }
|
|
|
6952
|
|
|
6953 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
6954 static void
|
|
|
6955 ins_mouse(c)
|
|
|
6956 int c;
|
|
|
6957 {
|
|
|
6958 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
6959
|
|
|
6960 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6961 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */
|
|
|
6962 if (!gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6963 # endif
|
|
|
6964 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT))
|
|
|
6965 return;
|
|
|
6966
|
|
|
6967 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6968 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6969 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0))
|
|
|
6970 {
|
|
|
6971 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
6972 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6973 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
6974 # endif
|
|
|
6975 }
|
|
|
6976
|
|
|
6977 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
6978 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */
|
|
|
6979 redraw_statuslines();
|
|
|
6980 #endif
|
|
|
6981 }
|
|
|
6982
|
|
|
6983 static void
|
|
|
6984 ins_mousescroll(up)
|
|
|
6985 int up;
|
|
|
6986 {
|
|
|
6987 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
6988 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
6989 win_T *old_curwin;
|
|
|
6990 # endif
|
|
|
6991
|
|
|
6992 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6993
|
|
|
6994 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
6995 old_curwin = curwin;
|
|
|
6996
|
|
|
6997 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */
|
|
|
6998 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0)
|
|
|
6999 {
|
|
|
7000 int row, col;
|
|
|
7001
|
|
|
7002 row = mouse_row;
|
|
|
7003 col = mouse_col;
|
|
|
7004
|
|
|
7005 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */
|
|
|
7006 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col);
|
|
|
7007 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
7008 }
|
|
|
7009 if (curwin == old_curwin)
|
|
|
7010 # endif
|
|
|
7011 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7012
|
|
|
7013 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
7014 scroll_redraw(up, (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline));
|
|
|
7015 else
|
|
|
7016 scroll_redraw(up, 3L);
|
|
|
7017
|
|
|
7018 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7019 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
|
|
|
7020
|
|
|
7021 curwin = old_curwin;
|
|
|
7022 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
7023 # endif
|
|
|
7024
|
|
|
7025 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos))
|
|
|
7026 {
|
|
|
7027 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7028 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7029 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7030 # endif
|
|
|
7031 }
|
|
|
7032 }
|
|
|
7033 #endif
|
|
|
7034
|
|
|
7035 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7036 void
|
|
|
7037 ins_scroll()
|
|
|
7038 {
|
|
|
7039 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7040
|
|
|
7041 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7042 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7043 if (gui_do_scroll())
|
|
|
7044 {
|
|
|
7045 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7046 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7047 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7048 # endif
|
|
|
7049 }
|
|
|
7050 }
|
|
|
7051
|
|
|
7052 void
|
|
|
7053 ins_horscroll()
|
|
|
7054 {
|
|
|
7055 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7056
|
|
|
7057 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7058 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7059 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll())
|
|
|
7060 {
|
|
|
7061 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7062 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7063 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7064 # endif
|
|
|
7065 }
|
|
|
7066 }
|
|
|
7067 #endif
|
|
|
7068
|
|
|
7069 static void
|
|
|
7070 ins_left()
|
|
|
7071 {
|
|
|
7072 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7073
|
|
|
7074 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7075 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7076 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7077 #endif
|
|
|
7078 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7079 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7080 if (oneleft() == OK)
|
|
|
7081 {
|
|
|
7082 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7083 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7084 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */
|
|
|
7085 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol)
|
|
|
7086 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7087 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
7088 #endif
|
|
|
7089 }
|
|
|
7090
|
|
|
7091 /*
|
|
|
7092 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to
|
|
|
7093 * previous line
|
|
|
7094 */
|
|
|
7095 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7096 {
|
|
|
7097 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7098 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
7099 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
7100 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */
|
|
|
7101 }
|
|
|
7102 else
|
|
|
7103 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7104 }
|
|
|
7105
|
|
|
7106 static void
|
|
|
7107 ins_home(c)
|
|
|
7108 int c;
|
|
|
7109 {
|
|
|
7110 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7111
|
|
|
7112 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7113 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7114 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7115 #endif
|
|
|
7116 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7117 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7118 if (c == K_C_HOME)
|
|
|
7119 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
|
|
|
7120 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7121 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7122 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
7123 #endif
|
|
|
7124 curwin->w_curswant = 0;
|
|
|
7125 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7126 }
|
|
|
7127
|
|
|
7128 static void
|
|
|
7129 ins_end(c)
|
|
|
7130 int c;
|
|
|
7131 {
|
|
|
7132 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7133
|
|
|
7134 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7135 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7136 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7137 #endif
|
|
|
7138 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7139 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7140 if (c == K_C_END)
|
|
|
7141 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
7142 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
7143 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
7144
|
|
|
7145 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7146 }
|
|
|
7147
|
|
|
7148 static void
|
|
|
7149 ins_s_left()
|
|
|
7150 {
|
|
|
7151 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7152 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7153 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7154 #endif
|
|
|
7155 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7156 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
7157 {
|
|
|
7158 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7159 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
7160 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7161 }
|
|
|
7162 else
|
|
|
7163 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7164 }
|
|
|
7165
|
|
|
7166 static void
|
|
|
7167 ins_right()
|
|
|
7168 {
|
|
|
7169 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7170 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7171 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7172 #endif
|
|
|
7173 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7174 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL || virtual_active()
|
|
|
7175 )
|
|
|
7176 {
|
|
|
7177 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7178 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7179 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7180 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
7181 oneright();
|
|
|
7182 else
|
|
|
7183 #endif
|
|
|
7184 {
|
|
|
7185 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7186 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
7187 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
7188 else
|
|
|
7189 #endif
|
|
|
7190 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7191 }
|
|
|
7192
|
|
|
7193 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7194 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7195 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
7196 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
7197 #endif
|
|
|
7198 }
|
|
|
7199 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the
|
|
|
7200 * cursor to the next line */
|
|
|
7201 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL
|
|
|
7202 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
7203 {
|
|
|
7204 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7205 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7206 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
7207 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7208 }
|
|
|
7209 else
|
|
|
7210 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7211 }
|
|
|
7212
|
|
|
7213 static void
|
|
|
7214 ins_s_right()
|
|
|
7215 {
|
|
|
7216 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7217 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7218 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7219 #endif
|
|
|
7220 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7221 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
7222 || gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
7223 {
|
|
|
7224 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7225 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
7226 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7227 }
|
|
|
7228 else
|
|
|
7229 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7230 }
|
|
|
7231
|
|
|
7232 static void
|
|
|
7233 ins_up(startcol)
|
|
|
7234 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7235 {
|
|
|
7236 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7237 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
7238 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7239 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
7240 #endif
|
|
|
7241
|
|
|
7242 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7243 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7244 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
7245 {
|
|
|
7246 if (startcol)
|
|
|
7247 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
7248 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
7249 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7250 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
7251 #endif
|
|
|
7252 )
|
|
|
7253 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
7254 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7255 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7256 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7257 #endif
|
|
|
7258 }
|
|
|
7259 else
|
|
|
7260 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7261 }
|
|
|
7262
|
|
|
7263 static void
|
|
|
7264 ins_pageup()
|
|
|
7265 {
|
|
|
7266 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7267
|
|
|
7268 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7269 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7270 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
7271 {
|
|
|
7272 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7273 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7274 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7275 #endif
|
|
|
7276 }
|
|
|
7277 else
|
|
|
7278 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7279 }
|
|
|
7280
|
|
|
7281 static void
|
|
|
7282 ins_down(startcol)
|
|
|
7283 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7284 {
|
|
|
7285 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7286 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
7287 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7288 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
7289 #endif
|
|
|
7290
|
|
|
7291 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7292 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7293 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
7294 {
|
|
|
7295 if (startcol)
|
|
|
7296 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
7297 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
7298 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7299 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
7300 #endif
|
|
|
7301 )
|
|
|
7302 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
7303 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7304 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7305 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7306 #endif
|
|
|
7307 }
|
|
|
7308 else
|
|
|
7309 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7310 }
|
|
|
7311
|
|
|
7312 static void
|
|
|
7313 ins_pagedown()
|
|
|
7314 {
|
|
|
7315 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7316
|
|
|
7317 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7318 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7319 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
7320 {
|
|
|
7321 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7322 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7323 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7324 #endif
|
|
|
7325 }
|
|
|
7326 else
|
|
|
7327 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7328 }
|
|
|
7329
|
|
|
7330 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
7331 static void
|
|
|
7332 ins_drop()
|
|
|
7333 {
|
|
|
7334 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
7335 }
|
|
|
7336 #endif
|
|
|
7337
|
|
|
7338 /*
|
|
|
7339 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode.
|
|
|
7340 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character.
|
|
|
7341 */
|
|
|
7342 static int
|
|
|
7343 ins_tab()
|
|
|
7344 {
|
|
|
7345 int ind;
|
|
|
7346 int i;
|
|
|
7347 int temp;
|
|
|
7348
|
|
|
7349 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
7350 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
7351 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
7352 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7353
|
|
|
7354 ind = inindent(0);
|
|
|
7355 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7356 if (ind)
|
|
|
7357 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
7358 #endif
|
|
|
7359
|
|
|
7360 /*
|
|
|
7361 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character
|
|
|
7362 */
|
|
|
7363 if (!curbuf->b_p_et
|
|
|
7364 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw)
|
|
|
7365 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0)
|
|
|
7366 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7367
|
|
|
7368 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7369 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7370
|
|
|
7371 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7372 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7373 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7374 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7375 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7376 #endif
|
|
|
7377 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t");
|
|
|
7378
|
|
|
7379 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
|
7380 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
7381 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */
|
|
|
7382 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
7383 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */
|
|
|
7384 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
7385 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp;
|
|
|
7386
|
|
|
7387 /*
|
|
|
7388 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in
|
|
|
7389 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any
|
|
|
7390 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters.
|
|
|
7391 */
|
|
|
7392 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
7393 while (--temp > 0)
|
|
|
7394 {
|
|
|
7395 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7396 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7397 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
7398 else
|
|
|
7399 #endif
|
|
|
7400 {
|
|
|
7401 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
7402 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */
|
|
|
7403 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
7404 }
|
|
|
7405 }
|
|
|
7406
|
|
|
7407 /*
|
|
|
7408 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible.
|
|
|
7409 */
|
|
|
7410 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind)))
|
|
|
7411 {
|
|
|
7412 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
7413 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7414 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
7415 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
7416 #endif
|
|
|
7417 pos_T fpos;
|
|
|
7418 pos_T *cursor;
|
|
|
7419 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol;
|
|
|
7420 int change_col = -1;
|
|
|
7421 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
7422
|
|
|
7423 /*
|
|
|
7424 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes
|
|
|
7425 * yet, just work on a copy of the line.
|
|
|
7426 */
|
|
|
7427 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7428 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7429 {
|
|
|
7430 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7431 cursor = &pos;
|
|
|
7432 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7433 if (saved_line == NULL)
|
|
|
7434 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7435 ptr = saved_line + pos.col;
|
|
|
7436 }
|
|
|
7437 else
|
|
|
7438 #endif
|
|
|
7439 {
|
|
|
7440 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
7441 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7442 }
|
|
|
7443
|
|
|
7444 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */
|
|
|
7445 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
7446 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
7447
|
|
|
7448 /* Find first white before the cursor */
|
|
|
7449 fpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7450 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1]))
|
|
|
7451 {
|
|
|
7452 --fpos.col;
|
|
|
7453 --ptr;
|
|
|
7454 }
|
|
|
7455
|
|
|
7456 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */
|
|
|
7457 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7458 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7459 && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7460 {
|
|
|
7461 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
7462 fpos.col = Insstart.col;
|
|
|
7463 }
|
|
|
7464
|
|
|
7465 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */
|
|
|
7466 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7467 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7468
|
|
|
7469 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and
|
|
|
7470 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */
|
|
|
7471 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr))
|
|
|
7472 {
|
|
|
7473 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol);
|
|
|
7474 if (vcol + i > want_vcol)
|
|
|
7475 break;
|
|
|
7476 if (*ptr != TAB)
|
|
|
7477 {
|
|
|
7478 *ptr = TAB;
|
|
|
7479 if (change_col < 0)
|
|
|
7480 {
|
|
|
7481 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */
|
|
|
7482 /* May have to adjust Insstart */
|
|
|
7483 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7484 Insstart.col = fpos.col;
|
|
|
7485 }
|
|
|
7486 }
|
|
|
7487 ++fpos.col;
|
|
|
7488 ++ptr;
|
|
|
7489 vcol += i;
|
|
|
7490 }
|
|
|
7491
|
|
|
7492 if (change_col >= 0)
|
|
|
7493 {
|
|
|
7494 int repl_off = 0;
|
|
|
7495
|
|
|
7496 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */
|
|
|
7497 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ')
|
|
|
7498 {
|
|
|
7499 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol);
|
|
|
7500 ++ptr;
|
|
|
7501 ++repl_off;
|
|
|
7502 }
|
|
|
7503 if (vcol > want_vcol)
|
|
|
7504 {
|
|
|
7505 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */
|
|
|
7506 --ptr;
|
|
|
7507 --repl_off;
|
|
|
7508 }
|
|
|
7509 fpos.col += repl_off;
|
|
|
7510
|
|
|
7511 /* Delete following spaces. */
|
|
|
7512 i = cursor->col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
7513 if (i > 0)
|
|
|
7514 {
|
|
|
7515 mch_memmove(ptr, ptr + i, STRLEN(ptr + i) + 1);
|
|
|
7516 /* correct replace stack. */
|
|
|
7517 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7518 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7519 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7520 #endif
|
|
|
7521 )
|
|
|
7522 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; )
|
|
|
7523 replace_join(repl_off);
|
|
|
7524 }
|
|
33
|
7525 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
7526 if (usingNetbeans)
|
|
|
7527 {
|
|
|
7528 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
7529 (long)(i + 1));
|
|
|
7530 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
7531 (char_u *)"\t", 1);
|
|
|
7532 }
|
|
|
7533 #endif
|
|
7
|
7534 cursor->col -= i;
|
|
|
7535
|
|
|
7536 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7537 /*
|
|
|
7538 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by
|
|
|
7539 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new
|
|
|
7540 * spacing.
|
|
|
7541 */
|
|
|
7542 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7543 {
|
|
|
7544 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */
|
|
|
7545 backspace_until_column(change_col);
|
|
|
7546
|
|
|
7547 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to
|
|
|
7548 * ptr-cursor */
|
|
|
7549 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col,
|
|
|
7550 cursor->col - change_col);
|
|
|
7551 }
|
|
|
7552 #endif
|
|
|
7553 }
|
|
|
7554
|
|
|
7555 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7556 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7557 vim_free(saved_line);
|
|
|
7558 #endif
|
|
|
7559 curwin->w_p_list = save_list;
|
|
|
7560 }
|
|
|
7561
|
|
|
7562 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7563 }
|
|
|
7564
|
|
|
7565 /*
|
|
|
7566 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode.
|
|
|
7567 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo.
|
|
|
7568 */
|
|
|
7569 static int
|
|
|
7570 ins_eol(c)
|
|
|
7571 int c;
|
|
|
7572 {
|
|
|
7573 int i;
|
|
|
7574
|
|
|
7575 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
7576 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7577 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7578 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7579 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7580
|
|
|
7581 /*
|
|
|
7582 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the
|
|
|
7583 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack,
|
|
|
7584 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted.
|
|
|
7585 */
|
|
|
7586 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7587 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7588 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7589 #endif
|
|
|
7590 )
|
|
|
7591 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
7592
|
|
|
7593 /*
|
|
|
7594 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
|
|
|
7595 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the
|
|
|
7596 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done
|
|
|
7597 * in open_line().
|
|
|
7598 */
|
|
|
7599
|
|
|
7600 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7601 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
7602 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap)
|
|
|
7603 fkmap(NL);
|
|
|
7604 # endif
|
|
|
7605 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of
|
|
|
7606 * current line. */
|
|
|
7607 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
7608 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
7609 #endif
|
|
|
7610
|
|
|
7611 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR);
|
|
|
7612 i = open_line(FORWARD,
|
|
|
7613 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
7614 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM :
|
|
|
7615 #endif
|
|
|
7616 0, old_indent);
|
|
|
7617 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
7618 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7619 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7620 #endif
|
|
|
7621
|
|
|
7622 return (!i);
|
|
|
7623 }
|
|
|
7624
|
|
|
7625 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
7626 /*
|
|
|
7627 * Handle digraph in insert mode.
|
|
|
7628 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be
|
|
|
7629 * done.
|
|
|
7630 */
|
|
|
7631 static int
|
|
|
7632 ins_digraph()
|
|
|
7633 {
|
|
|
7634 int c;
|
|
|
7635 int cc;
|
|
|
7636
|
|
|
7637 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
7638 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
7639 {
|
|
|
7640 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
7641 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
7642
|
|
|
7643 edit_putchar('?', TRUE);
|
|
|
7644 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7645 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K);
|
|
|
7646 #endif
|
|
|
7647 }
|
|
|
7648
|
|
|
7649 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
7650 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
7651 #endif
|
|
|
7652
|
|
|
7653 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the
|
|
|
7654 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */
|
|
|
7655 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
7656 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
7657 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
7658 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
7659 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
7660 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */
|
|
|
7661 {
|
|
|
7662 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7663 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
7664 #endif
|
|
|
7665 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
7666 return NUL;
|
|
|
7667 }
|
|
|
7668 if (c != ESC)
|
|
|
7669 {
|
|
|
7670 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
7671 {
|
|
|
7672 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
7673 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
7674
|
|
|
7675 if (char2cells(c) == 1)
|
|
|
7676 {
|
|
|
7677 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing
|
|
|
7678 * an ESC next */
|
|
|
7679 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
7680 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
7681 edit_putchar(c, TRUE);
|
|
|
7682 }
|
|
|
7683 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7684 add_to_showcmd_c(c);
|
|
|
7685 #endif
|
|
|
7686 }
|
|
|
7687 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
7688 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
7689 cc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
7690 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
7691 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
7692 if (cc != ESC)
|
|
|
7693 {
|
|
|
7694 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);
|
|
|
7695 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE);
|
|
|
7696 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7697 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
7698 #endif
|
|
|
7699 return c;
|
|
|
7700 }
|
|
|
7701 }
|
|
|
7702 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
7703 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7704 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
7705 #endif
|
|
|
7706 return NUL;
|
|
|
7707 }
|
|
|
7708 #endif
|
|
|
7709
|
|
|
7710 /*
|
|
|
7711 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line.
|
|
|
7712 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found.
|
|
|
7713 */
|
|
|
7714 static int
|
|
|
7715 ins_copychar(lnum)
|
|
|
7716 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
7717 {
|
|
|
7718 int c;
|
|
|
7719 int temp;
|
|
|
7720 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr;
|
|
|
7721
|
|
|
7722 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
7723 {
|
|
|
7724 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7725 return NUL;
|
|
|
7726 }
|
|
|
7727
|
|
|
7728 /* try to advance to the cursor column */
|
|
|
7729 temp = 0;
|
|
|
7730 ptr = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
7731 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
7732 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
7733 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
7734 {
|
|
|
7735 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
7736 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp);
|
|
|
7737 }
|
|
|
7738 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
7739 ptr = prev_ptr;
|
|
|
7740
|
|
|
7741 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7742 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
|
|
|
7743 #else
|
|
|
7744 c = *ptr;
|
|
|
7745 #endif
|
|
|
7746 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
7747 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7748 return c;
|
|
|
7749 }
|
|
|
7750
|
|
|
7751 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7752 /*
|
|
|
7753 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting.
|
|
|
7754 * Used when inserting a "normal" character.
|
|
|
7755 */
|
|
|
7756 static void
|
|
|
7757 ins_try_si(c)
|
|
|
7758 int c;
|
|
|
7759 {
|
|
|
7760 pos_T *pos, old_pos;
|
|
|
7761 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
7762 int i;
|
|
|
7763 int temp;
|
|
|
7764
|
|
|
7765 /*
|
|
|
7766 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}'
|
|
|
7767 */
|
|
|
7768 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}'))
|
|
|
7769 {
|
|
|
7770 /*
|
|
|
7771 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{'
|
|
|
7772 */
|
|
|
7773 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL)
|
|
|
7774 {
|
|
|
7775 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7776 /*
|
|
|
7777 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring
|
|
|
7778 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line
|
|
|
7779 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the
|
|
|
7780 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple
|
|
|
7781 * lines -- webb
|
|
|
7782 */
|
|
|
7783 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
|
7784 i = pos->col;
|
|
|
7785 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */
|
|
|
7786 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i]))
|
|
|
7787 ;
|
|
|
7788 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
7789 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
|
|
|
7790 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
|
|
|
7791 curwin->w_cursor = *pos;
|
|
|
7792 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
7793 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
7794 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7795 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7796 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
7797 else
|
|
|
7798 #endif
|
|
|
7799 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
7800 }
|
|
|
7801 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
7802 {
|
|
|
7803 /*
|
|
|
7804 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not
|
|
|
7805 * more than indent of previous line
|
|
|
7806 */
|
|
|
7807 temp = TRUE;
|
|
|
7808 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7809 {
|
|
|
7810 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7811 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
7812 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7813 {
|
|
|
7814 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)));
|
|
|
7815
|
|
|
7816 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */
|
|
|
7817 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
7818 break;
|
|
|
7819 }
|
|
|
7820 if (get_indent() >= i)
|
|
|
7821 temp = FALSE;
|
|
|
7822 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
7823 }
|
|
|
7824 if (temp)
|
|
|
7825 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1);
|
|
|
7826 }
|
|
|
7827 }
|
|
|
7828
|
|
|
7829 /*
|
|
|
7830 * set indent of '#' always to 0
|
|
|
7831 */
|
|
|
7832 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#')
|
|
|
7833 {
|
|
|
7834 /* remember current indent for next line */
|
|
|
7835 old_indent = get_indent();
|
|
|
7836 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
7837 }
|
|
|
7838
|
|
|
7839 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */
|
|
|
7840 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
7841 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7842 }
|
|
|
7843 #endif
|
|
|
7844
|
|
|
7845 /*
|
|
|
7846 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off.
|
|
|
7847 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
|
|
|
7848 */
|
|
|
7849 static colnr_T
|
|
|
7850 get_nolist_virtcol()
|
|
|
7851 {
|
|
|
7852 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
7853 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7854 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
7855 return curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
7856 }
|
